STEEL TECHNOLOGIES INC
10-K, 1999-12-28
STEEL WORKS, BLAST FURNACES & ROLLING & FINISHING MILLS
Previous: BALLY TOTAL FITNESS HOLDING CORP, S-3, 1999-12-28
Next: MARKET STREET FUND INC, 485BXT, 1999-12-28



                                      13
                                 UNITED STATES
                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            Washington, D.C. 20549
                                   FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
   [X]              ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR
                 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

                 For the fiscal year ended September 30, 1999
                                      OR

   [ ]            TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR
                 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

                       For the transition period from to

                        Commission file number 0-14061

                            STEEL TECHNOLOGIES INC.
            (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

             Kentucky                       61-0712014
  (State or other jurisdiction of        (I.R.S. Employer
  incorporation or organization)        Identification No.)

                 15415  Shelbyville  Road,  Louisville,  KY  40245
                    (Address of principal executive offices)

       Registrant's telephone number, including area code: 502-245-2110

       Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: NONE

          Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
                          COMMON STOCK, NO PAR VALUE
                        PREFERRED SHARE PURCHASE RIGHTS

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the  preceding 12 months,  and (2) has been subject to such filing  requirements
for the past 90 days. YES [X] NO [ ].

Indicate by check mark if  disclosure  of  delinquent  filers  pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained  herein,  and will not be contained,  to
the  best  of  registrant's  knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or  information
statements  incorporated  by  reference  in Part III of this  Form  10-K or any
amendments to this Form 10-K.   [X]

Aggregate  market value of the voting stock (which  consists solely of shares of
common stock) held by  non-affiliates of the registrant as of December 10, 1999,
computed by reference to the closing price of the registrant's  common stock, as
quoted in the Nasdaq National Market System on such date: $ 110,930,010.

Number of shares of the registrant's Common Stock outstanding at December 10,
1999: 11,093,001.

<PAGE>
Portions of the  registrant's  annual report to shareholders for the fiscal year
ended September 30, 1999 are incorporated by reference into Part II. Portions of
the definitive  proxy  statement  furnished to shareholders of the registrant in
connection  with the annual  meeting of  shareholders  to be held on January 27,
2000 are incorporated by reference into Part III.

PART I

ITEM 1.    BUSINESS

GENERAL

Steel  Technologies  Inc. ("the  Company") was  incorporated  under the laws of
the state of  Kentucky  in 1971 as  Southern  Strip  Steel,  Inc. In June 1985,
the name of the corporation was changed to Steel Technologies Inc.

The  Company is an  intermediate  steel  processor  engaged in the  business  of
processing flat rolled steel to specified close tolerances in response to orders
from industrial customers who require steel of precise thickness, width, temper,
finish  and  shape for  their  manufacturing  purposes.  The  Company  purchases
commercial  tolerance  steel in coils up to 72 inches in width from major  steel
mills,  processing it to the precise thickness,  width, temper, finish and shape
specified by its customers.  The processed steel is distributed  from facilities
located in Indiana,  Kentucky,  Maryland,  Michigan, North Carolina, Ohio, South
Carolina in the U.S. and three  facilities in Mexico.  The Company has customers
in 37 states  primarily in the East,  Midwest and South,  as well as into Mexico
and Canada. The Company's principal processed products are: hot-rolled strip and
sheet,  high strength low alloy strip and sheet,  hot-rolled  pickle and oil and
coated  strip and sheet,  pickling  of  hot-rolled  black  coils,  blanking  and
cut-to-length processing of coil steel, cold-rolled strip and sheet, cold-rolled
one-pass strip, and high carbon and alloy strip and sheet.

Intermediate steel processors occupy a niche between the primary steel producers
and  industrial  customers  who  need  processed  steel  for  their  end-product
manufacturing  purposes. The primary producers have historically  emphasized the
sale of commercial tolerance steel to large volume purchasers and have generally
viewed the  intermediate  steel  processor as an integral  part of this customer
base.  Furthermore,   end-product  manufacturers  have  increasingly  sought  to
purchase  steel with closer  tolerances,  on shorter  lead times,  and with more
reliable and more frequent  delivery than the primary  producers can efficiently
provide.  Additionally,  most  manufacturers  are not  willing  to commit to the
investment in technology,  equipment and inventory  required to further  process
the steel for use in their manufacturing operations.  These industry forces have
created a market in which the strength of the  Company's  business is based upon
its  capability to process steel to more precise  specifications  and to service
the  steel   purchasing  and  delivery   requirements   of  its  customers  more
expeditiously than the primary producers.

STEEL PROCESSING

The Company maintains a substantial inventory of coiled steel purchased from the
primary producers and mini-mills.  This steel,  purchased as a continuous sheet,
typically 36 to 72 inches wide,  between .015 and .625 inches thick,  and rolled
into a 10 to 25-ton coil--is known as "commercial  tolerance" because its ranges
of thickness,  width and temper are  established by general  industry  standards
which may not be of  sufficient  quality for the  manufacturing  purposes of the
Company's  customers.  By purchasing  various kinds of steel in large quantities
and at  predetermined  intervals,  the  Company  attempts  to  purchase  its raw
materials at the lowest competitive prices for the quality purchased.

Customer  orders  are  entered  in  a  computerized   order  entry  system,  and
appropriate   inventory  is  then  selected  and  scheduled  for  processing  in
accordance with the customer's  specified delivery date. The Company attempts to
maximize  yield from its inventory by scheduling  customer  orders to use to the
fullest extent  practicable the purchased  widths of its coils. One of the first
processing  functions involves the pickling of hot rolled black coil steel. This
process is a cleaning  process that  improves the quality of hot rolled steel by
removing the scale on the surface of the steel and prepares the hot rolled steel
for further processing. Pickling is performed on both a toll basis as well as on
hot rolled  steel which is owned by the  Company and will be further  processed.
The next  processing  function  typically  involves  slitting coils to specified
widths subject to close  tolerances.  After slitting,  the processed  product is
ready for either delivery to the customer or additional processing.

Many of the  Company's  orders  involve  an  additional  process  known as "cold
reduction."  Cold  reduction  reduces the thickness of the steel to a customer's
specification  by passing the steel through a set of rolls under pressure.  This
process  significantly  increases the value added by the Company to the product.
During the rolling  process the edges of the steel may also be conditioned  into
square,  full round or  partially  round  shapes.  After cold  reduction,  it is
sometimes  necessary to subject the rolled steel to high  temperatures  for long
periods  of time in order to  "anneal"  or  soften  the  steel.  This  annealing
capability is  accomplished  in the  Company's own furnaces and is  particularly
suitable for high carbon and alloy strip  orders.  After  annealing,  orders are
then ready for additional slitting and cold reduction and subsequent shipment to
the customer.

The Company  has  achieved  high  quality and  productivity  levels  through its
commitment  to modern and  efficient  equipment  used to perform  the  pickling,
slitting,  cold  reduction,  annealing  and blanking  processes.  The  Company's
pickling  facility is capable of high  volume  pickling,  leveling,  coating and
slitting of hot rolled steel to greater than industry  standards.  The Company's
slitting lines are capable of maintaining  width  tolerances of +/-.002  inches.
The Company has  computerized all of its rolling  equipment,  which has improved
its  capability to deliver flat rolled steel  products  processed to closer than
standard  tolerances.  The Company's  computerized  rolling mills are capable of
maintaining thickness tolerances of +/-.0003 inches. Computers monitor thickness
during the cold reduction  process,  rapidly adjusting roll position to maintain
the proper tolerance as the steel passes through the rolling mill. The computers
also  provide  both visual  displays  and  documented  records of the  thickness
maintained  throughout  the  entire  coil.  Annealing  is  accomplished  in high
convection  bell  furnaces.   These  furnaces  feature   extraordinary   thermal
consistency,  rapid water  cooling and  advanced  atmosphere  controls  for good
surface  cleanliness of the rolled steel product.  The Company's  blanking lines
are capable of producing  blanks from coils up to 84 inches in width and maximum
gauge of .25 inches  thick.  Flatness of the steel is controlled by an automatic
hydraulic leveler and diagnostic  equipment that continually  monitors the steel
during  processing to minimize  scrap and provide  up-to-the  minute  production
information.

QUALITY CONTROL

The ability to obtain high  quality  steel from its  suppliers  on a  consistent
basis is critical to the Company's business. In the past five years, about 97.7%
of the raw material has conformed to the  purchasing  requirements.  Most of the
nonconforming  raw  material  is  diverted to less  critical  applications.  The
Company,  through its  technical  services  department,  has  instituted  strict
quality  control  measures to assure that the quality of purchased raw materials
will allow the Company to meet the specifications of its customers and to reduce
the  costs of  production  interruptions  resulting  from  poor  quality  steel.
Physical,  chemical,  and metallographic  analyses are performed on selected raw
materials  to  verify  that  their   mechanical  and   dimensional   properties,
cleanliness,  surface  characteristics,  and  chemical  content are  acceptable.
Similar  analyses are  conducted on processed  steel on a selected  basis before
delivery to the  customer.  The Company also uses  statistical  process  control
techniques  to monitor its slitting and cold  reduction  processes so management
can  document to  customers  that  required  tolerances  have been  continuously
maintained  throughout  processing.  This close attention to product quality has
enabled the Company to limit the amount of customer  returns and  allowances  to
less than 1.15% of sales in each of the last three years  ended  1999,  1998 and
1997. The Company's technical services department is located in the research and
development  engineering  and  technology  center in Louisville,  Kentucky.  The
Company's metallurgical laboratory is located in the Eminence, Kentucky plant.


MARKETING

The Company's  marketing staff consists of sales  personnel  located in Alabama,
Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kentucky, Michigan, North Carolina, Ohio, Pennsylvania,
South  Carolina,  Texas,  Wisconsin,  and Mexico.  In  addition  to  cultivating
additional  business from existing customers and developing new accounts,  these
sales personnel are responsible for identifying  market trends in their assigned
areas. The marketing staff consists of five regional Vice Presidents-Sales,  and
by the Company's  technical  services  department,  which  develops  application
engineering ideas. The Company is frequently  requested to recommend the type of
steel which can best serve a customer's specific needs.

CUSTOMERS AND DISTRIBUTION

The Company produces to customer order rather than for inventory.  Although some
blanket  orders are taken for  periods of up to one year,  such  blanket  orders
represent a projection of anticipated  customer  requirements  and do not become
firm orders until the customer  calls for  delivery of specified  quantities  of
particular  products at specified  times.  The Company is therefore  required to
maintain a  substantial  inventory of raw materials to meet the short lead times
and  just-in-time  delivery  requirements  of many of its  customers.  Customers
typically  place  firm  orders  for  delivery  within  two to three  weeks.  The
Company's  backlog  of  firm  orders  at  November  30,  1999  was  $41,000,000,
approximately 5% higher than the $39,000,000 at November 30, 1998.

The  Company  processes  steel for sale to a variety  of  industrial  customers,
including  those  in the  automotive,  automotive  supply,  appliance,  lawn and
garden,  machinery and office  equipment  industries.  In fiscal 1999, 1998, and
1997 sales to the automotive industry directly accounted for 10%, 10% and 10% of
the Company's  sales,  respectively;  sales to the  automotive  supply  industry
accounted for 50%, 50% and 55%, respectively. The Company believes its long-term
relationships with its major customers are a significant factor in its business.

The Company supplies processed steel to approximately 925 active accounts. These
customers are generally located within 300 miles of one of the Company's plants.
The location of Company  facilities near a great number of customers permits the
efficient distribution of the Company's products by truck.  Independent trucking
companies afford a convenient and expeditious  means for shipping  approximately
two-thirds  of  the  Company's  products  to its  customers.  The  Company  also
maintains a small number of tractor-trailer  trucks to provide flexible delivery
service to those customers who do not arrange for their own shipping needs.

SUPPLIERS

In 1999, the Company  obtained its steel for processing from a number of primary
producers and mini-mills including Weirton Steel Corporation, Nucor Corporation,
Wheeling-Pittsburg  Steel Corp, Rouge Steel Company and Mitsui & Co (USA),  Inc.
The Company obtains its raw material  requirements by ordering steel  possessing
specified  physical  qualities  and  alloy  content.   By  purchasing  in  large
quantities at predetermined  intervals, the Company attempts to purchase its raw
materials  at the lowest  competitive  prices  for the  quality  purchased.  The
Company  believes  that it is not  dependent on any one of its suppliers for raw
materials and that its relationships with its suppliers are good.

JOINT VENTURES

In April 1987, the Company formed Mi-Tech Steel,  Inc.  (Mi-Tech  Steel),  a 50%
owned corporate joint venture with Mitsui Steel  Development  Co., Inc.  Mi-Tech
Steel was established to own and operate  high-volume steel slitting  facilities
to serve  Japanese and domestic  automotive  and appliance  parts  manufacturers
located in the United  States.  The initial  processing  facility  was opened in
December 1987 in  Murfreesboro,  Tennessee.  In January  1990, a second  Mi-Tech
Steel  processing  facility opened in Greensburg,  Indiana.  A third  processing
facility,  the first for  Mi-Tech  Steel with  pickling  capabilities  opened in
December 1997 in Decatur,  Alabama.  Steel Technologies is providing  management
services  for  the  Mi-Tech  Steel  operations.   In  October  1990,  Processing
Technology,  Inc.,  was  established.  The Company  holds a 5% investment in the
common stock of this  corporate  joint venture with LTV Steel Company and Mitsui
Steel  Development  Co.,  Inc.  Processing  Technology  operates  facilities  in
Perrysburg,  Ohio and Burns Harbor, Indiana, which process flat rolled steel and
provide steel storage  principally for LTV Steel Company.  Both facilities began
operations in fiscal 1992.

COMPETITION

Steel processing is highly  competitive.  The Company primarily  competes with a
number of other  intermediate  steel  processors  who are capable of  processing
steel  to  closer  than  standard  tolerance.  The  primary  characteristics  of
competition  encountered  by the Company are quality of product,  reliability of
delivery and price.

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

The Company's manufacturing facilities are subject to many existing and proposed
federal,  state and foreign  regulations  designed  to protect the  environment.
Presently,  the Company has no knowledge of any material  pending or  threatened
litigation  or   administrative   proceeding   against  the  Company   involving
environmental   matters.   Management   believes  the  Company's   manufacturing
facilities  are  in  compliance  with  applicable  federal,  state  and  foreign
environmental   regulations,   and  is  not  presently  aware  of  any  fact  or
circumstance  which  would  require  the  expenditure  of  material  amounts for
environmental compliance in the future.

EMPLOYEES

As of October 31, 1999, the Company employed 1,044 people,  including 141 at the
Canton,  Michigan  plant,  98 at the Clinton,  North Carolina  plant,  47 at the
Elkton,  Maryland plant,  136 at the Eminence,  Kentucky plant, 29 at the Huger,
South Carolina  plant,  121 at the Ghent,  Kentucky  plant,  177 at the Portage,
Indiana plant, 70 at the Willoughby,  Ohio plant and 111 at the Monterey, Mexico
plant.  There are 81 employees at its Corporate  Office in Louisville,  Kentucky
and 16 employees at its Engineering facility in Louisville,  Kentucky. There are
17 sales  personnel  located  in  their  respective  market  areas.  The  hourly
employees in the Company's  Canton,  Michigan  facility are  represented  by the
United Auto Workers under a collective  bargaining  agreement.  In October 1998,
the hourly employees decertified the United Steel Workers' Union at the Portage,
Indiana plant. The Company has never experienced a significant work stoppage and
considers its employee relations to be good.

ITEM 2.    PROPERTIES

The Company's principal processing plants are as follows:

                       Production      Plant       Date Opened/  Production
Plant Location          Capacity        Size         Acquired    Capabilities
- --------------       --------------  ------------- ------------ --------------
Eminence, Kentucky    170,000 tons   180,000 sq.ft.    1971       S,R,A,B
Portage, Indiana      210,000 tons   220,000 sq.ft.    1987       S,R,A
Elkton, Maryland       60,000 tons    60,000 sq.ft.    1989       S,R
Canton, Michigan      210,000 tons   190,000 sq.ft.    1991       S,R,A
Monterrey, Mexico     120,000 tons    80,000 sq.ft.    1994       S,R,C
Ghent, Kentucky       500,000 tons   205,000 sq.ft.    1995       S,P
Clinton, No. Carolina 130,000 tons   110,000 sq.ft.    1997       S,C
Willoughby, Ohio      160,000 tons    73,000 sq.ft.    1998       S,C,R,B
Huger, So. Carolina   140,000 tons    84,000 sq.ft.    1999       S


S=Slitting
R=Cold Reduction
A=Annealing
P=Pickling and Leveling
C=Cut to Length
B=Blanking

All of the Company's nine processing  plants are owned by the Company.  In 1999,
the Company  purchased the real property used for  processing in North  Carolina
and  Ohio.  Prior to  that,  the  company  had  lease  arrangements  with  these
facilities subsequently  purchased.  During 1999, the Company sold approximately
798,000 tons of processed steel from its manufacturing plants. In addition,  the
Ghent pickling facility processed  approximately  283,000 tons of material owned
by customers.  The remaining  facilities processed an additional 106,000 tons of
material owned by customers.

The engineering  division,  technical  services located in Louisville,  Kentucky
occupies a 11,000 square foot building leased by the Company.

The Company's executive offices are located in Louisville,  Kentucky in a 30,000
square foot building owned by the Company.

Mi-Tech Steel currently  operates two high volume steel slitting  operations and
one high volume pickling and slitting  operation.  The  Murfreesboro,  Tennessee
plant and  Greensburg,  Indiana Plant consist of 300,000 and 160,000 square feet
respectively.  The Mi-Tech Steel Alabama facility, a wholly-owned  subsidiary of
Mi-Tech Steel, Inc., in Decatur, Alabama consists of two facilities comprising a
total of 160,000 square feet.

All operating  properties  are in good repair and in suitable  condition for the
purposes for which they are used.  The  Company's  Elkton,  Maryland  processing
plant and the executive  office  building are subject to  outstanding  mortgages
covering certain long-term financing arrangements.

ITEM 3.    LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Not applicable.

ITEM 4.    SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

Not applicable.

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

The  following  table  lists  the  names,  positions  held  and  ages of all the
executive officers of the Company:

Name                  Age  Title
- ----                  ---  -----
Merwin J. Ray         70   Chairman of the Board

Bradford T. Ray       41   Vice Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive
                             Officer

Michael J. Carroll    42   President and Chief Operating
                             Officer

Howard F. Bates, Jr.  53   Vice President-Technical Services

Joseph P. Bellino     49   Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

Officers are elected  annually by and serve at the  discretion  of the Board of
Directors.  Messrs.  Merwin J. Ray,  Bradford T. Ray, Howard F. Bates,  Jr. and
Michael J. Carroll are members of the Company's Board of Directors.

Mr.  Merwin J. Ray has served as  Chairman  of the Board of the  Company  since
its   incorporation  in  1971.  He  previously  held  the  positions  of  Chief
Executive  Officer  from May 1985  until  November  1999 and  President  of the
Company  from  1971  until  May  1985.  Mr.  Merwin  J.  Ray is the  father  of
Bradford T. Ray, Vice Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

Mr.  Bradford T. Ray has served as Vice  Chairman and Chief  Executive  Officer
since  November  1999.  He previously  held the  positions  President and Chief
Operating  Officer from  November  1994 until  November  1999,  Executive  Vice
President  from April 1993 to  November  1994 and Vice  President-Manufacturing
of the Company from January 1987 to April 1993.

Mr. Michael J. Carroll has served as President and Chief Operating Officer since
November 1999. He previously held the positions of Executive Vice President from
January 1995 until November 1999, Senior Vice President-Sales from April 1993 to
January 1995 and Vice President-Sales from July 1987 to
April 1993.

Mr.   Howard F.  Bates,  Jr.  has  served as Vice  President-Technical  Services
since  November  1981.  From  August 1977 to November 1981, he held the position
of Manager of Technical Services.

Mr.  Joseph P. Bellino has  served as Chief  Financial  Officer and Treasurer of
the Company since  October  1997. He previously  held  the position of President
of Beacon Capital  Advisors  Company from 1996 to 1997.  From 1989  to 1995, Mr.
Bellino served as President of Rhawn Enterprises, Inc.

PART II

ITEM 5.    MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON STOCK AND RELATED
           STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The  information  required  for  Item 5 is  incorporated  by  reference  herein,
pursuant to General  Instruction  G(2), from the information  provided under the
section  entitled  "Market  Price and  Dividend  Information"  on page 12 of the
Company's annual report to shareholders for the year ended September 30, 1999.

ITEM 6.    SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The  information  required  for  Item 6 is  incorporated  by  reference  herein,
pursuant to General  Instruction  G(2), from the information  provided under the
section  entitled  "Selected  Financial Data" on page 11 of the Company's annual
report to shareholders for the year ended September 30, 1999.

<PAGE>

ITEM 7.    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
           RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The  information  required  for  Item 7 is  incorporated  by  reference  herein,
pursuant to General  Instruction  G(2), from the information  provided under the
section entitled  "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition
and Results of Operations" on pages 13 through 17 of the Company's annual report
to shareholders for the year ended September 30, 1999.

TEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE  DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK The Company
is exposed to market  risks  related to  changes in  interest  rates.  To manage
interest rate  exposures,  the Company uses fixed and variable debt. The Company
does not enter into derivative financial instrument transactions for speculative
purposes.

The following table  summarizes  principal cash flows and related interest rates
of the  Company's  long-term  debt at  September  30, 1999 by expected  maturity
dates. The weighted average interest rate of the fixed-rate debt is based on the
actual average rates at September 30, 1999. The  variable-rate  debt is based on
actual rates at September 30, 1999. The variable-rate debt consists primarily of
the line of credit of which  $57,000,000  is  outstanding at September 30, 1999.
While the line of credit  matures  during fiscal 2002,  the company  anticipates
extending this arrangement for the foreseeable future.

(In thousands except for interest rates)
<TABLE>

                    2000        2001       2002       2003       2004   Thereafter   Total    Fair value
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>
Long-term debt
 (fixed) .......   $ 6,591    $ 5,991    $ 5,992    $ 5,726    $ 5,720    $ 5,680    $35,700   $36,643
Weighted avarage
 interest rate .     7.86%      8.31%      8.31%      8.39%      8.52%      8.52%
Long-term debt
 (variable) ....   $   100    $   100    $57,100    $   100    $   100    $ 3,700    $61,200   $61,200
Weighted avarage
 interest ......     5.73%       5.73%     3.95%      3.95%      3.95%      3.95%

</TABLE>


ITEM 8.    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

The following  consolidated  financial statements of Steel Technologies Inc. and
Subsidiaries  on pages 18 through 29, and Report of  Independent  Accountants on
page 30 are included in the Company's annual report to shareholders for the year
ended September 30, 1999, and the section entitled "Selected Quarterly Financial
Data" on page 12 thereof are incorporated herein by reference.

   Consolidated  Balance Sheets-September 30, 1999 and 1998
   Consolidated Statements of Income-Years ended September 30, 1999, 1998 and
     1997
   Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income-Years ended September 30,
     1999, 1998 and 1997
   Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity-Years ended September 30,
     1999, 1998 and 1997
   Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows-Years ended September 30, 1999, 1998
     and 1997
   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
   Report of Independent Accountants


ITEM 9.    CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
           FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

Not applicable.

PART III

ITEM 10.   DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

Pursuant to General  Instruction  G(3), the  information  required by Item 10 is
incorporated  by reference  herein from the material under the section  entitled
"Election  of  Directors"  contained  on pages 3  through  6, and  "Election  of
Directors Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting  Compliance" on page 7 in
the Company's  definitive proxy statement filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission  related to the annual meeting of shareholders of Steel  Technologies
Inc.  to be held on  January  27,  2000.  The  information  regarding  Executive
Officers  required  by Item 401 of  Regulation  S-K is included in Part I hereof
under the section entitled "Executive Officers of the Registrant".

ITEM 11.   EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Pursuant to General  Instruction  G(3), the  information  required by Item 11 is
incorporated by reference  herein from the material under the sections  entitled
"Election  of Directors -  Compensation  of  Directors"  contained on page 7 and
"Executive  Compensation"  contained  on  pages 8  through  10 in the  Company's
definitive  proxy  statement  filed with the Securities and Exchange  Commission
related to the Company's  annual meeting of  shareholders  to be held on January
27, 2000.

Information appearing in the sections entitled "Compensation Committee Report on
Executive Compensation" and "Performance Graph" contained on pages 11 through 15
in the  Company's  definitive  proxy  statement  filed with the  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission  related to the Company's annual meeting of shareholders to
be held on January 27, 2000 shall not be deemed to be  incorporated by reference
in  this  report,   notwithstanding   any  general  statement  contained  herein
incorporating portions of such proxy statement by reference.

ITEM 12.   SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

Pursuant to General  Instruction  G(3), the  information  required by Item 12 is
incorporated by reference  herein from the material under the sections  entitled
"Voting  Securities"  contained  on pages 2 and 3 and  "Election  of  Directors"
contained on pages 3 through 7 in the Company's definitive proxy statement filed
with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  related to the Company's  annual
meeting of shareholders to be held on January 27, 2000.

ITEM 13.   CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

Pursuant to General  Instruction  G(3), the  information  required by Item 13 is
incorporated by reference  herein from the material under the sections  entitled
"Certain  Transactions"  contained  on  page  10  and  "Election  of  Directors"
contained on pages 3 through 7 in the Company's definitive proxy statement filed
with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  related to the Company's  annual
meeting of shareholders to be held on January 27, 2000.



PART IV

ITEM 14.   EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

(a)    (1) The response to this portion of Item  14 is  submitted  as a separate
           section of this report-See List of Financial Statements under Item 8.

(a)    (2) The  Following  Consolidated  Financial  Statement  Schedule of Steel
           Technologies  Inc. and Subsidiaries is included in a separate section
           of this report, following the index to exhibits on page E-1:

           Valuation and Qualifying Accounts - Schedule II
           Report of Independent Accountants

           All other  schedules  for which  provision is made in the  applicable
           accounting  regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission are
           not required under the related instructions or are inapplicable,  and
           therefore have been omitted.

(a)    (3) Listing of Exhibits--See Index to  Exhibits  contained herein on page
           E-1 of this report.  The index to  exhibits   specifically identifies
           each management contract or compensatory plan required to be filed as
           an Exhibit to this Form 10-K.

(b)        No report on Form 8-K was filed for the quarter  ended  September 30,
           1999.

(c)        Exhibits filed with this report are attached hereto.



<PAGE>


                                   Page E-1
                   STEEL TECHNOLOGIES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                               INDEX TO EXHIBITS
       ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K FOR THE YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1999

Ref.   Exhibit
 #         #    Description
(a)     3.1     Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant
(a)     3.2     First   Articles  of   Amendment   to   Restated   Articles  of
                Incorporation of the Registrant
(d)     3.3     Second   Articles  of   Amendment   to  Restated   Articles  of
                Incorporation of the Registrant
(e)     3.4     Third   Articles  of   Amendment   to   Restated   Articles  of
                Incorporation of the Registrant
(e)     3.5     Amended By-Laws of the Registrant
        10.1    Second Amended and restated Loan Agreement  dated as of December
                31, 1998, between the Registrant and PNC Bank,  Kentucky,  Inc.,
                National  City Bank of Kentucky,  NBD Bank,  N.A.,  and SunTrust
                Bank, Nashville, N.A.
 (f)    10.2    Note  Agreement  dated  as  of  March  1,  1995,   between  the
                Registrant  and  Principal   Mutual  Life  Insurance   Company,
                Lincoln     National     Investment     Management     Company,
                Jefferson-Pilot   Life  Insurance  Company  and  Northern  Life
                Insurance Company
(f)     10.2    Request  for  Consent  to  Amendment of Note Agreement (f) 10.2
                Request for Consent  to  Second Amendment of Note Agreement (c)
                10.3(a) Incentive  Stock  Option  Plan of the  Registrant * (b)
                10.3(b) Amendment #1, dated April 7, 1987 to the Incentive Stock
                Option Plan of the Registrant *
(f)     10.3(c) Registrant's 1995 Stock Option Plan *
(h)     10.4    Stock Purchase  Agreement  between  Registrant and Shareholders
                of Atlantic Coil Processing, Inc.  effective April 1, 1997.
(d)     10.5    Revised  Employee  Bonus Plan of the  Registrant  * (b) 10.6(a)
                Joint Venture Agreement  dated March 30,  1987 between Mitsui &
                Co.,  LTD.,   Mitsui  &  Co.  (U.S.A.),   Inc.,   Mitsui  Steel
                Development Co., Inc., and the Registrant
(d)     10.6(b) Amendment  #1,  dated  February  28, 1989 to the Joint  Venture
                Agreement  dated March 30,  1987  between  Mitsui & Co.,  LTD.,
                Mitsui & Co.  (U.S.A.),  Inc.,  Mitsui Steel  Development  Co.,
                Inc., and the Registrant
(d)             10.7(a) Loan Agreement  dated as of November 1, 1989 between the
                County   Commissioners   of  Cecil  County,   Maryland  and  the
                Registrant relating to Economic Development Revenue Bonds
(d)     10.7(b) Reimbursement,  Credit  and  Security  Agreement  dated  as  of
                November  1,  1989  between  Citizens  Fidelity  Bank and Trust
                Company and the  Registrant  relating  to Economic  Development
                Revenue Bonds
(e)     10.8    Joint  Venture  Agreement  dated  October 16, 1990 among Mitsui
                Steel  Development  Co., Inc. and LTV Steel  Company,  Inc. and
                the Registrant
(e)     10.9    Form of  Indemnification  Agreement  between the Registrant and
                its Directors *
(i)     10.10   Steel Technologies Inc. Restated Retirement Savings Plan
        10.12   Amended and restated Nonemployee Directors Stock Plan *
(j)             10.13  Confirmation of Interest Rate Swap Transaction dated July
                31, 1998 between the Registrant and SunTrust Bank, Atlanta.
(j)     10.14   Stock Purchase  Agreement  between  Registrant and Stockholders
                of Roberts Steel Company effective July 1, 1998.
        13      1999 Annual Report to Shareholders,  filed herewith.  The annual
                report  shall  not be  deemed  to be filed  with the  Commission
                except  to  the  extent   that   information   is   specifically
                incorporated by reference herein
        21.1    Subsidiaries of the Registrant
        23.1    Consent of Independent Accountants
        27      Financial Data Schedule

Alphabetic filed exhibit reference:

(a)     Incorporated  herein by reference to exhibits  filed with the  Company's
        Form S-2  Registration  Statement  under the Securities Act of 1933 (No.
        33-24209), which became effective September 28, 1988.
(b)     Incorporated  herein by reference to exhibits  filed with the  Company's
        Annual  Report on Form 10-K (file # 0-14061)  for the fiscal  year ended
        September 30, 1987.
(c)     Incorporated  herein by reference to exhibits  filed with the  Company's
        Form S-1  Registration  Statement  under the Securities Act of 1933 (No.
        2-98617), which became effective August 27, 1985.
(d)     Incorporated  herein by reference to exhibits  filed with the  Company's
        Annual  Report on Form 10-K (file # 0-14061)  for the fiscal  year ended
        September 30, 1989.
(e)     Incorporated  herein by reference to exhibits  filed with the  Company's
        Annual  Report on Form 10-K (file # 0-14061)  for the fiscal  year ended
        September 30, 1990.
(f)     Incorporated  herein by reference to exhibits  filed with the  Company's
        Quarterly  Report on Form 10-Q (file # 0-14061)  for the  quarter  ended
        March 31, 1995.
(g)     Incorporated  herein by reference to exhibits  filed with the  Company's
        Annual  Report of Form 10-K (file # 0-14061)  for the fiscal  year ended
        September 30, 1996.
(h)     Incorporated  herein by reference to exhibits  filed with the  Company's
        Quarterly  Report on Form 10-Q (file # 0-14061)  for the  quarter  ended
        March 31, 1997.
(i)     Incorporated  herein by reference to exhibits  filed with the  Company's
        Annual  Report of Form 10K (file  #0-14061)  for the  fiscal  year ended
        September 30, 1997.
(j)     Incorporated  herein by reference to exhibits  filed with the  Company's
        Annual  Report of Form 10K (file  #0-14061)  for the  fiscal  year ended
        September 30, 1998.

*       Indicates management contract or compensatory plan and arrangement


<PAGE>


                            STEEL TECHNOLOGIES INC.
                                  SCHEDULE II
                       VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
<TABLE>

                                               Additions
                                  Balance at   Charged to Charged to  Balance at
                                  Beginning    Costs and  Other       End of
Description                       of Period    Expenses   Deductions  Period

<S>                                <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>
Year Ended September 30, 1999:
Allowance for doubtful accounts     $938,837   $265,700   $157,979(A) $1,046,558

Year Ended September 30, 1998:
Allowance for doubtful accounts     $928,958   $190,300   $180,421(A) $  938,837

Year Ended September 30, 1997:
Allowance for doubtful accounts     $874,772   $587,000   $532,814(A) $  928,958

(A) Uncollectible accounts charged off, less recoveries.

</TABLE>

                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

Board of Directors
Steel Technologies Inc.:

Our audit of the  consolidated  financial  statements  referred to in our report
dated  November  19,  1999  appearing  on page 30 of the 1999  Annual  Report to
Shareholders of Steel Technologies Inc. (which report and consolidated financial
statements  are  incorporated  by reference in this Annual  Report on Form 10-K)
also included an audit of the consolidated  financial  statement schedule listed
in Item 14(a)(2) of this Form 10-K.  In our opinion,  this  financial  statement
schedule  presents fairly, in all material  respects,  the information set forth
therein  when  read in  conjunction  with  the  related  consolidated  financial
statements.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP



Louisville, Kentucky
November 19, 1999


<PAGE>


                                  SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the  requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934 the  registrant  has duly  caused  this  report  to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

                                  STEEL TECHNOLOGIES INC.

Dated: December 23, 1999          By:/S/Joseph P. Bellino
                                     __________________________
                                     Joseph P. Bellino
                                     Chief Financial Officer,
                                     and Treasurer
                                     (Principal Financial and
                                     Accounting Officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report
has been signed by the following  persons on behalf of the registrant and in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature                  Date      Title

/s/ Merwin J. Ray          12/23/99  Chairman of the Board of Directors
________________________              (Principal Executive Officer)
Merwin J. Ray

/s/ Bradford T. Ray        12/23/99  Director, Vice Chairman and
________________________               Chief Executive Officer
Bradford T. Ray

/s/ Michael J. Carroll     12/23/99  Director, President and Chief Operating
________________________               Officer
Michael J. Carroll

/s/ Howard F. Bates, Jr.   12/23/99  Director and Vice President-
________________________               Technical Services
Howard F. Bates, Jr.

/s/ Ralph W. McIntyre      12/23/99  Director
________________________
Ralph W. McIntyre

/s/ William E. Hellmann    12/23/99  Director
________________________
William E. Hellman

/s/ Jimmy Dan Conner       12/23/99  Director
________________________
Jimmy Dan Conner

/s/ Andrew J. Payton       12/23/99  Director
________________________
Andrew J. Payton

/s/ Doug A. Bawel          12/23/99  Director
________________________
Doug A. Bawel


<PAGE>




                                  Exhibit 10.1
                   SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT
                          dated as of December 31, 1998

                                  by and among


                             STEEL TECHNOLOGIES INC.


                                       and


                         PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
                         NATIONAL CITY BANK OF KENTUCKY,
                                 NBD BANK, N.A.,
                       SUNTRUST BANK, NASHVILLE, N.A., and
                                 STAR BANK, N.A.

                                       and

                         PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
                            in its capacity as agent


<PAGE>


                                       x

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                      Page

      SECTION 1
      DEFINITIONS........................................................2
      1.   Definitions and Cross Reference...............................2
           1.1.   "Adjusted LIBOR Rate"..................................2
           1.2.   "Affected Bank"........................................2
           1.3.   "Affected Loans".......................................2
           1.4.   "Affiliate"............................................2
           1.5.   "Agent"................................................3
           1.6.   "And/or"...............................................3
           1.7.   "Applicable Letter of Credit Fee"......................3
           1.8.   "Applicable LIBOR Rate Margin".........................3
           1.9.   "Applicable Revolver Commitment Fee"...................3
           1.10.  "Application and Agreement For Letter of Credit".......3
           1.11.  "Assignment Agreement".................................3
           1.12.  "Authorized Officer"...................................3
           1.13.  "Bank" and "Banks".....................................3
           1.14.  "Bankruptcy Code"......................................3
           1.15.  "Base Rate"............................................3
           1.16.  "Base Rate Loans"......................................4
           1.17.  "Borrower".............................................4
           1.18.  "Business Day".........................................4
           1.19.  "Capital Expenditures".................................4
           1.20.  "Capital Lease"........................................4
           1.21.  "Change in Control"....................................4
           1.22.  "Closing Date".........................................4
           1.24.  "Commitment Fee Pro Rata Shares".......................5
           1.25.  "Compliance Certificate"...............................5
           1.26.  "Confidentiality Agreement"............................5
           1.27.  "Consolidated Current Assets"..........................5
           1.28   "Consolidated Current Liabilities".....................5
           1.29.  "Consolidated Interest Expense"........................5
           1.30.  "Consolidated Long-Term Debt"..........................5
           1.31.  "Consolidated Net Income"..............................6
           1.32.  "Consolidated Rent Expense"............................6
           1.33.  "Consolidated Subsidiaries"............................6
           1.34.  "Consolidated Tangible Net Worth"......................6
           1.35.  "Consolidated Total Capitalization"....................6
           1.36.  "Consolidated Total Debt"..............................6
           1.37.  "Contingent Obligation"................................7
           1.38.  "Continuing Director"..................................7
           1.39.  "Covered Tax"..........................................7
           1.40.  "Date of Determination"................................7
           1.41.  "Default Rate".........................................7
           1.42.  "Dollars"..............................................8
           1.43.  "EBITDA"...............................................8
           1.44.  "Effective Date".......................................8
           1.45.  "Eligible Assignees"...................................8
           1.46.  "Eligible Investments".................................8
           1.47.  "ERISA"................................................8
           1.48.  "Estimated Interest Expense"...........................9
           1.49.  "Events of Default"....................................9
           1.50.  "Excluded Tax".........................................9
           1.51.  "Federal Funds Rate"...................................9
           1.52.  "Fiscal Quarter".......................................9
           1.53.  "Fiscal Year"..........................................9
           1.54.  "Funding Date"........................................10
           1.55.  "GAAP"................................................10
           1.56.  "Guarantor"...........................................10
           1.57.  "Guaranty Agreements".................................10
           1.58.  "Indebtedness"........................................10
           1.59.  "Interest Payment Date"...............................10
           1.60.  "Interest Period".....................................10
           1.61.  "Interest Rate Determination Date"....................11
           1.62.  "Internal Revenue Code"...............................11
           1.63.  "Joint Ventures"......................................11
           1.64.  "Letters of Credit"...................................11
           1.65.  "Letter of Credit Fee"................................11
           1.66.  "Letter of Credit Fee Percentage".....................11
           1.67.  "Letter of Credit Usage"..............................11
           1.68.  "Leverage Ratio"......................................11
           1.69.  "LIBOR Rate"..........................................11
           1.70.  "LIBOR Rate Loans"....................................12
           1.71.  "Lien"................................................12
           1.72.  "Loan Agreement"......................................12
           1.73.  "Loan Instruments"....................................12
           1.74.  "Margin Stock"........................................12
           1.75.  "Material Adverse Effect".............................12
           1.76.  "Note Purchase Agreement".............................12
           1.77.  "Note Purchasers".....................................12
           1.78.  "Note Purchasers Guaranty Agreements".................12
           1.79.  "Note Purchasers Intercreditor Agreement".............13
           1.80.  "Obligations".........................................13
           1.82.  "Offered Rate"........................................13
           1.83.  "Officer's Certificate"...............................13
           1.84.  "Permitted Securitization"............................13
           1.85.  "Person"..............................................13
           1.86.  "Potential Event of Default"..........................13
           1.87.  "Pricing Level".......................................13
           1.88.  "Pricing Level I".....................................14
           1.89.  "Pricing Level II"....................................14
           1.90.  "Pricing Level III"...................................14
           1.91.  "Pricing Level IV"....................................14
           1.92.  "Pricing Level Calculation Date"......................14
           1.94.  "Pricing Period"......................................14
           1.95.  "Prime Rate"..........................................14
           1.96.  "Proforma   Compliant   Acquisition",   "Proforma
                  Acquisition  Information",  Proforma  Calculation
                  Period",  "Proforma  Debt  Service   Coverage",
                  "Proforma  EBITDA" and "Proforma  Debt Service".......14
           1.97.  "Pro Rata Share"......................................14
           1.98.  "Purchase Money Indebtedness".........................15
           1.99.  "Regulation D"........................................15
           1.100. "Request for Revolving Loan"..........................15
           1.101. "Request for Swing Line Loan".........................15
           1.102. "Requisite Banks".....................................15
           1.103. "Restricted Junior Payment"...........................15
           1.104. "Revolver"............................................15
           1.105. "Revolving Loan Commitment" or "Revolving Loan
                  Commitments"..........................................16
           1.106. "Revolving Loan Commitment Termination Date"..........16
           1.107. "Revolving Loans".....................................16
           1.108. "Revolving Note"......................................16
           1.109. "Roberts".............................................16
           1.110. "Senior Notes"........................................16
           1.111. "ST Carolinas"........................................16
           1.112. "ST Mexico"...........................................16
           1.113. "ST Ohio".............................................17
           1.114. "ST Wabash"...........................................17
           1.115. "Subordinated Indebtedness"...........................17
           1.116. "Subsidiary"..........................................17
           1.117. "Swing Line Loan Commitment"..........................17
           1.118. "Swing Line Loan Commitment Termination Date".........17
           1.119. "Swing Line Loans"....................................17
           1.120. "Swing Line Note".....................................17
           1.121. "Target Person".......................................17
           1.122. "Tax" or "Taxes"......................................17
           1.123. "Tax Transferee"......................................18
           1.124. "Total Utilization of Revolving Loan Commitments".....18
           1.125. "Voting Stock"........................................18
           1.126. "Year 2000 Problem"...................................18
           1.127. Accounting Terms......................................18
           1.128. Other Definitional Provisions.........................18

      SECTION 2
      REVOLVER AND SWING LINE LOANS.....................................19
      2.   Revolver.....................................................19
           2.1.   Revolving Loan Commitments; Revolving Loans...........19
           2.1A.  Revolving Loan Commitments............................19
           2.1B.  Term of Revolving Loan Commitments....................20
           2.1C.  Borrowing Mechanics...................................21
           2.1D.  Disbursement of Revolving Loans to the Borrower.......22
           2.2.   Interest on the Revolving Loans.......................23
           2.2A.  Rates of Interest.....................................23
           2.2B.  LIBOR Interest Periods................................24
           2.2C.  Interest Payments.....................................25
           2.2D.  Conversion or Continuation............................26
           2.2E.  Post-Maturity Interest................................27
           2.2F.  Computation of Interest...............................27
           2.2G.  Special Provisions Governing Federal Funds Rate.......27
           2.3.   Fees..................................................28
           2.3A.  Revolver Commitment Fee...............................28
           2.3B.  Other Fees............................................29
           2.4.   Prepayments and Payments; Reductions in Revolving
                  Loan..................................................29
           2.4A.  Prepayments...........................................29
           2.4B.  General Provisions Regarding Payments.................30
           2.4C.  Voluntary Reductions of Revolving Loan Commitments....30
           2.5.   Use of Proceeds.......................................31
           2.5A.  Revolving Loans and Letters of Credit.................31
           2.5B.  Margin Regulations. ..................................31
           2.6.   Special Provisions Governing LIBOR Rate Loans.........31
           2.6A.  Determination of Applicable Interest Rate. ...........31
           2.6B.  Inability to Determine Applicable Interest Rate.......32
           2.6C.  Illegality or Impracticability of LIBOR Rate Loans....32
           2.6D.  Compensation For Breakage or Non-Commencement
                  of Interest Periods...................................33
           2.6E.  Booking of LIBOR Rate Loans...........................33
           2.6F.  LIBOR Rate Loans After Default........................34
           2.7.   Letters of Credit.....................................34
           2.7A.  Letters of Credit.....................................34
           2.7B.  Notice of Issuance....................................35
           2.7C.  Delivery of Copies of Letters of Credit
                  and Letter of Credit Amendments.......................36
           2.7D.  Payment of Amounts Drawn Under Letters of Credit......36
           2.7E.  Payment by Banks with Respect to Letters of Credit....36
           2.7F.  Compensation..........................................37
           2.7G.  Obligations Absolute..................................38
           2.7H.  Computation of Interest...............................40
           2.7I.  Amendments............................................40
           2.8.   Increased Costs; Taxes; Capital Adequacy..............40
           2.8A.  Compensation for Increased Costs and Taxes............40
           2.8B.  Withholding of Taxes..................................41
           2.8C.  Capital Adequacy Adjustment...........................43
           2.9.   Banks' Obligation to Mitigate.........................44
           2.10.  Records...............................................45
           2.11.  Swing Line Loans......................................45
           2.11A. Swing Line Loan Commitment............................45
           2.11B. Request For Swing Line Loans..........................46
           2.11C. Reimbursement to PNC for Swing Line Loans.............47

      SECTION 3
           CONDITIONS PRECEDENT.........................................48
      3.   Effective Date; Other Stipulations...........................48
           3.1.   Conditions to Effectiveness of Loan Agreement.........48
           3.2.   Conditions to All Letters of Credit. .................49
           3.3.   Conditions to All Revolving Loans
                  and Letters of Credit.................................49

      SECTION 4
           REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES...............................50
      4.   Representations and Warranties...............................50
           4.1.   Organization, Standing, etc...........................51
           4.2.   Qualification.........................................51
           4.3.   Use of Proceeds.......................................51
           4.4.   Intellectual Property.................................51
           4.5.   Contracts; Labor Disputes.............................51
           4.7.   Disclosure............................................51
           4.8.   Tax Returns and Payments..............................52
           4.9.   Indebtedness, etc.....................................52
           4.10.  Title to Properties; Liens............................52
           4.11.  Operating Leases......................................52
           4.12.  Litigation, etc.......................................53
           4.13.  Authorization; Compliance with Other
                  Instruments, etc......................................53
           4.14.  Enforceability........................................53
           4.15.  Governmental Consent..................................53
           4.16.  Investment Company Act Status.........................54
           4.17.  Regulation G, etc.....................................54
           4.18.  Holding Company Act...................................54
           4.19.  Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.......54
           4.20.  Environmental Matters.................................54
           4.21.  Schedule of Guaranties................................55
           4.22.  Subsidiaries and Joint Ventures.......................55
           4.23.  Year 2000.............................................55
           4.24.  Events of Default.....................................55

      SECTION 5
           AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS........................................56
      5.   Affirmative Covenants........................................56
           5.1.   Maintenance of Assets; Casualty Insurance.............56
           5.2.   Monetary Obligations..................................56
           5.3.   Financial Statements and Other Reports................57
           5.4.   Financial Records.....................................59
           5.5.   Permits, Certificates, Leases, Licenses, etc..........59
           5.6.   Notice................................................59
           5.7.   Further Assurances....................................60
           5.8.   Preservation of Existence, Leases, etc................60
           5.9.   Comprehensive General Liability Insurance.............60
           5.10.  Hazardous Materials...................................61
           5.11.  Compliance by Consolidated Subsidiaries...............61
           5.12.  Delivery of Guaranties................................62

      SECTION 6
           NEGATIVE COVENANTS...........................................62
      6.   Negative Covenants...........................................62
           6.1.   Mergers, Dissolutions, Asset Sales and Other
                  Extraordinary Events..................................62
           6.2.   Indebtedness..........................................62
           6.3.   Use of Assets.........................................63
           6.4.   Liens.................................................63
           6.5.   Investments, Loans, etc...............................64
           6.6.   Restricted Junior Payments............................67
           6.7.   Agreements and Licenses...............................67
           6.8.   Consolidated Current Ratio............................67
           6.9.   Consolidated Total Debt to Consolidated
                  Total Capitalization..................................67
           6.10.  Consolidated Interest Expense and
                  Consolidated Rent Expense Coverage Ratio..............67
           6.11.  Minimum Consolidated Tangible Net Worth...............67
           6.12.  Transactions with Affiliates..........................68
           6.13.  Change in Manner of Conducting Business...............68

      SECTION 7
           EVENTS OF DEFAULT; ACCELERATION..............................68
      7.   Events of Default; Acceleration..............................68

      SECTION 8
           REMEDIES.....................................................71
      8.   Remedies.....................................................71
           8.1.   Defaults..............................................71
           8.2.   Offset................................................71
           8.3.   Rights Cumulative.....................................71
           8.4.   Payment of Costs and Expenses.........................72

      SECTION 9
           THE AGENT....................................................72
      9.   The Agent....................................................72
           9.1.   Appointment. .........................................72
           9.2.   Delegation of Duties..................................72
           9.3.   Nature of Duties; Independent Credit Investigation....72
           9.4.   Actions in Discretion of the Agent; Instructions
                  from the Banks........................................73
           9.5.   Reimbursement and Indemnification of the Agent
                  and the Banks by the Borrower.........................73
           9.6.   Exculpatory Provisions................................74
           9.7.   Reimbursement and Indemnification of the Agent
                  by the Banks..........................................74
           9.8.   Reliance by the Agent.................................74
           9.9.   Notice of Default.....................................75
           9.10.  The Banks in Their Individual Capacities..............75
           9.11.  Holders of Revolving Notes............................75
           9.12.  Equalization of the Banks.............................75
           9.13.  Successor Agent.......................................76
           9.14.  Calculations..........................................76
           9.15.  Beneficiaries.........................................76

      SECTION 10
           ASSIGNMENTS AND PARTICIPATIONS...............................76
           10.    Assignments and Participations in Revolving Loans
                  and Revolving Notes...................................76

      SECTION 11
           INDEMNITY....................................................79

      SECTION 12
           MISCELLANEOUS................................................80
           12.1.  Submission to Jurisdiction, etc. .....................80
           12.2.  Role of the Banks.....................................81
           12.3.  Notices...............................................81
           12.4.  Ratable Sharing.......................................82
           12.5.  Waiver................................................83
           12.6.  Survival of Representations and Warranties............83
           12.7.  Invalidity............................................83
           12.8.  Assignment............................................83
           12.9.  Governing Law.........................................83
           12.10. Section Headings......................................83
           12.11. Entire Agreement......................................83
           12.12. Costs and Expenses....................................84
           12.13. Time of the Essence...................................84
           12.14. No Oral Modifications.................................84
           12.15. Counterparts..........................................84
           12.16. Delivery to the Agent Only............................84



<PAGE>
                   SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT


         THIS SECOND  AMENDED AND  RESTATED  LOAN  AGREEMENT is made and entered
into as of  December  31,  1998,  by and among (i) STEEL  TECHNOLOGIES  INC.,  a
Kentucky  corporation  having an office  and place of  business  in  Louisville,
Kentucky (the "Borrower"),  (ii) (a) PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,  a national
banking association that is successor by merger to PNC Bank,  Kentucky,  Inc., a
Kentucky  banking  corporation,  having  an  office  and  place of  business  in
Louisville,  Kentucky  ("PNC"),  (b) NATIONAL CITY BANK OF KENTUCKY,  a national
banking  association  having an  office  and place of  business  in  Louisville,
Kentucky  ("National City"), (c) NBD BANK, N.A., a national banking  association
having an office and place of business in  Indianapolis,  Indiana  ("NBD"),  (d)
SUNTRUST BANK, NASHVILLE,  N.A., a national banking association having an office
and place of business in Nashville,  Tennessee ("SunTrust"),  and (e) STAR BANK,
N.A., a national banking  association  having an office and place of business in
Louisville,  Kentucky  ("Star") (each of PNC,  National City, NBD,  SunTrust and
Star is  hereinafter  individually  referred to as a "Bank," and all of the same
are hereinafter  collectively  referred to as the "Banks"),  and (iii) PNC BANK,
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,  in its capacity as agent for the Banks (in such capacity,
the "Agent").

                             PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS

           A. Borrower, the Banks and the Agent are parties to that certain Loan
Agreement  dated as of October  15, 1994 (the  "Original  Loan  Agreement"),  as
amended  pursuant to the following,  all entered into among Borrower,  Agent and
each of the Banks except Star: (i) First Amendment to Loan Agreement dated as of
January  17,  1995  (the  "First  Amendment"),  (ii)  Second  Amendment  to Loan
Agreement  dated as of April 6,  1995  (the  "Second  Amendment"),  (iii)  Third
Amendment  to  Loan  Agreement   dated  as  of  October  14,  1995  (the  "Third
Amendment"),  (iv) Fourth  Amendment to Loan  Agreement  dated as of October 11,
1996 (the "Fourth Amendment"), (v) Amended and Restated Loan Agreement, dated as
of March 26, 1997,  (vi) First  Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan Agreement
dated October 10, 1997 ("First 1997  Amendment"),  and (vii) Second Amendment to
Amended and  Restated  Loan  Agreement  dated  October 12,  1998  ("Second  1997
Amendment"), pursuant to which the Banks established the Revolver in the current
maximum permitted  principal amount of Fifty-five Million Dollars  ($55,000,000)
in favor of the  Borrower  for the  purposes  set  forth in  Section  2.5 of the
Amended  and  Restated  Loan  Agreement,  and the Line of Credit in the  maximum
permitted principal amount of Twenty-Five Million Dollars  ($25,000,000) for the
purposes  set forth in the  Amended and  Restated  Loan  Agreement,  and PNC has
established the Swing Line Loan Commitment described in the Amended and Restated
Loan Agreement.

           B. The  Borrower,  the Banks and the Agent now  desire to enter  into
this Second Amended and Restated Loan Agreement  (referred to hereinafter as the
"Loan  Agreement")  for the purpose of amending  and  restating  the Amended and
Restated Loan  Agreement as modified by the First 1997  Amendment and the Second
1997  Amendment  in  order to (i)  increase  the  amount  of the  Revolver  from
$55,000,000 to $100,000,000, and extend the Revolving Loan Commitment

<PAGE>




Termination  Date until  December 31, 2001,  (ii)  terminate the Line of Credit,
(iii)  modify the  Applicable  LIBOR Rate  Margin,  (iv)  revise  certain of the
financial covenants, and (v) otherwise to the effect set forth herein.

           NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises  and the mutual
covenants  and  agreements  set forth  herein  and for other  good and  valuable
consideration,  the  mutuality,  receipt  and  sufficiency  of which are  hereby
acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

                                    SECTION 1
                                   DEFINITIONS

      1. Definitions and Cross Reference.  The following terms used in this Loan
Agreement shall have the following meanings:

           1.1.  "Adjusted  LIBOR Rate" means,  on the particular  Interest Rate
Determination  Date,  the rate  determined by dividing (i) the per annum rate of
interest  equal to the offered rates for deposits in Dollars for the  applicable
Interest Period which appear on Page 3750 of the TELERATE rate reporting  system
or other similar system as of approximately  13:00 A.M.,  Greenwich Mean Time on
the Interest  Rate  Determination  Date,  except as provided  below,  by (ii) an
amount equal to one minus the stated  maximum rate  (expressed  as a decimal) of
all reserve  requirements  (including  any  marginal,  emergency,  supplemental,
special or other  reserves) that is specified on the first day of the applicable
Interest  Period by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any
successor  agency) for determining the maximum reserve  requirement with respect
to eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as "Eurocurrency  liabilities" in
Regulation D of such Board)  maintained  by a member bank of such System.  It is
expressly  understood  that each Bank may or may not actually  purchase any such
time  deposits  and  obtain  such funds and the  Adjusted  LIBOR Rate will be an
estimate and, for a variety of reasons,  including  changing market  conditions,
the actual cost of funds to the Banks (if the Banks  elect to purchase  funds in
the form of time deposits on such date) might vary from the Agent's  estimate of
the Adjusted LIBOR Rate. Each  determination  by the Agent of the Adjusted LIBOR
Rate shall be conclusive  and binding on the Borrower in the absence of manifest
error on the part of the Agent.

           1.2.  "Affected  Bank"  has the  meaning  assigned  to  that  term in
Sections 2.1B, 2.2G(ii), 2.6C, 2.8A, 2.8B and 2.8C hereof.

           1.3.  "Affected  Loans"  has the  meaning  assigned  to that term in
Section 2.6C hereof.

           1.4.  "Affiliate"  means,  as  applied to any  Person,  (i) any other
Person  directly  or  indirectly  controlling,  controlled  by, or under  common
control with, that Person,  (ii) any other Person that,  directly or indirectly,
owns or  controls,  whether  beneficially  or as a  trustee,  guardian  or other
fiduciary, 10% or more of the stock having ordinary voting power in the election
of  directors  of such  Person,  or (iii) each of such  Person's  directors  and
officers appointed by the board of directors of such Person. For the purposes of
this  definition,  "control"  (including with  correlative  meanings,  the terms
"controlling," "controlled by" and


<PAGE>


"under common control  with"),  as applied to any Person,  means the possession,
directly or  indirectly,  of the power to direct or cause the  direction  of the
management and policies of that Person,  whether through the ownership of voting
securities or by contract or otherwise.
           1.5.   "Agent"  has  the  meaning   assigned  to  that  term  in  the
introduction  to this Loan  Agreement,  and includes any  successor  Agent under
Section 9.13 hereof.

           1.6.  "And/or"  means one or the other or both, or any one or more or
all,  of the  things  or  persons  or  parties  in  connection  with  which  the
conjunction is used.

           1.7.   "Applicable  Letter  of  Credit  Fee"  means  each  per  annum
percentage  set forth in the table  appearing  in Section  2.7F(ii) of this Loan
Agreement.

           1.8.  "Applicable  LIBOR Rate Margin" means each per annum percentage
set forth in the table appearing in Section 2.2A(ii) of this Loan Agreement.

           1.9.  "Applicable  Revolver  Commitment  Fee"  means  each per  annum
percentage  set forth in the table  appearing  in  Section  2.3A(i) of this Loan
Agreement.

           1.10.  "Application  and  Agreement  For Letter of Credit"  means the
document  substantially in the form of Exhibit A annexed hereto, as the same may
be amended or modified from time to time by PNC, with appropriate insertions and
deletions,  with  respect to the  proposed  issuance or amendment of a Letter of
Credit.

           1.11. "Assignment Agreement" means an Assignment Agreement between an
assigning Bank and its Eligible Assignee, substantially in the form of Exhibit B
annexed hereto.

           1.12.  "Authorized Officer" means the President,  the Chief Financial
Officer  and  any  other  officer  of  the  Borrower  who,  by the  Articles  of
Incorporation,  Bylaws or Resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Borrower,
is  authorized  to execute and deliver  this Loan  Agreement  and the other Loan
Instruments on behalf of the Borrower.

           1.13. "Bank" and "Banks" have the meanings assigned to those terms in
the  introduction to this Loan Agreement and shall include PNC in its individual
capacity.

           1.14.  "Bankruptcy  Code"  means  Title 11 of the United  States Code
entitled "Bankruptcy" as now and hereafter in effect, or any successor statute.

           1.15. "Base Rate" means, at the time of its selection,  the higher of
(i) the Prime  Rate,  or (ii) the  Federal  Funds  Rate plus one  percent  (1%);
provided, in the event that, and during the periods that, the Federal Funds Rate
cannot be determined by the Agent under the  circumstances  specified in Section
2.2 hereof, the Base Rate shall be the Prime Rate.


<PAGE>


           1.16.  "Base Rate Loans" means  Revolving  Loans and Swing Line Loans
made to the Borrower and bearing  interest at rates  determined  by reference to
the Base Rate as provided in Sections 2.2A and 2.2G hereof.

           1.17.  "Borrower"  has the  meaning  assigned  to  that  term in the
introduction to this Loan Agreement.

           1.18. "Business Day" means (i) for all purposes other than as covered
by clause (ii) below, any day excluding Saturday,  Sunday and any day which is a
legal holiday under the laws of the  jurisdiction  in which each Bank  maintains
its office for purposes of performing its obligations  under this Loan Agreement
as set forth on the signature  pages of this Loan Agreement or is a day on which
banking  institutions located in such jurisdiction are authorized or required by
law or other governmental action to close, and (ii) with respect to all notices,
determinations,  fundings and  payments in  connection  with the Adjusted  LIBOR
Rate, any day which is a Business Day described in clause (i) above and which is
also a day for  trading by and  between  banks in dollar  deposits in the London
interbank market.

           1.19. "Capital  Expenditures" means, for any period, the aggregate of
all  expenditures  (whether in cash or accrued as liabilities and including that
portion of Capital  Leases  originally  incurred  during  such  period  which is
capitalized  on the balance  sheet of the  Borrower)  incurred  by the  Borrower
during such period that,  in conformity  with GAAP,  are included in the balance
sheet of the Borrower.

           1.20.  "Capital Lease" means, as applied to any Person,  any lease of
any property  (whether real,  personal or mixed) by that Person as lessee which,
in conformity with GAAP, is or should be accounted for as a capital lease on the
balance sheet of that Person.

           1.21.  "Change in Control" means (i) the acquisition by any Person or
"group" (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended) of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of the Borrower,  including any
such  acquisition  by merger or  consolidation,  or (ii) the  acquisition by any
Person or "group" (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934,  as  amended)  of more than 20% of the  Voting  Stock of the  Borrower,
including  any such  acquisition  by merger or  consolidation,  and, at any time
following an acquisition described in this clause (ii), the Continuing Directors
shall not constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of the Borrower.

           1.22. "Closing Date" means the date on which the conditions set forth
in Section 3.1 hereof are satisfied.

           1.23.  "Commitment   Fee"  or  "Commitment  Fees"  has  the  meaning
specified in Section 2.3A hereof.


<PAGE>


           1.24.  "Commitment  Fee Pro Rata Shares" means,  with respect to each
Bank's  share  of each  Commitment  Fee  paid by the  Borrower,  the  percentage
determined  by dividing (i) the average  daily  amount of the unused  portion of
such Bank's Revolving Loan Commitment during the period for which the Commitment
Fee is  payable,  by (ii) the  aggregate  average  daily  amount  of the  unused
portions of all of the Banks' Revolving Loan  Commitments  during the period for
which the  Commitment  Fee is payable.  For purposes of  determining  the Banks'
respective  Commitment  Fee Pro Rata  Shares  from time to time,  the  Letter of
Credit Usage shall  constitute usage of each Bank's Revolving Loan Commitment in
accordance with its Pro Rata Share.

           1.25. "Compliance  Certificate" means a certificate  substantially in
the form of Exhibit C annexed  hereto  delivered by the Borrower to the Agent on
behalf of the Banks pursuant to Section 5.3(c) hereof.

           1.26.  "Confidentiality  Agreement" means a Confidentiality Agreement
between a potential Eligible Assignee and the Borrower substantially in the form
of Exhibit D annexed hereto.

           1.27.  "Consolidated  Current Assets" means all current assets of the
Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as determined on a consolidated basis
in accordance with GAAP consistently applied.

           1.28.   "Consolidated   Current   Liabilities"   means  all   current
liabilities of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as determined on a
consolidated  basis in  accordance  with GAAP  consistently  applied;  provided,
however, that the aggregate principal balance of all Revolving Loans outstanding
from time to time under this Loan Agreement  shall not constitute a Consolidated
Current Liability notwithstanding the accounting thereof under GAAP.

           1.29.  "Consolidated  Interest Expense" means, for any period,  total
interest  expense  (including that  attributable to Capital Leases in conformity
with GAAP) of the Borrower and its  Consolidated  Subsidiaries on a consolidated
basis with  respect to all  outstanding  Indebtedness  of the  Borrower  and its
Consolidated   Subsidiaries  on  a  consolidated   basis,   including,   without
limitation,  all  commissions,  discounts  and other fees and charges  owed with
respect to letters of credit and bankers' acceptance financing and net costs and
benefits  under  interest rate  agreements,  whether  payable in cash or accrued
(including amortization of discount),  all as determined on a consolidated basis
in conformity with GAAP.

           1.30.  "Consolidated  Long-Term  Debt" means, as at any date on which
the amount thereof shall be determined,  the aggregate  unpaid  principal of all
Indebtedness for borrowed money, all outstanding  Indebtedness under a Permitted
Securitization,  the aggregate  amount due under all Capital Leases entered into
by the  Borrower or any of its  Consolidated  Subsidiaries  over the  respective
terms of such Capital Leases,  and the deferred  purchase price of property,  in
each  case  which  is not  payable  within a  period  of one year  from the date
determination  of  Consolidated  Long-Term  Debt is  being  made,  plus any such
Indebtedness  which is payable  within one year from the date  determination  of
Consolidated  Long-Term  Debt is being made but which may be renewed or extended
at the option of the  particular  obligor  thereunder,  all as  determined  on a
consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.


<PAGE>


           1.31. "Consolidated Net Income" means, for any period, the net income
(or loss) of the  Borrower  and its  Consolidated  Subsidiaries  for such period
taken  as a single  accounting  period  determined  on a  consolidated  basis in
accordance  with GAAP;  provided that there shall be excluded from  Consolidated
Net  Income any  after-tax  gains or losses  attributable  to the sale of assets
outside the ordinary course of business.

           1.32.  "Consolidated  Rent Expense" means, for any period,  all rent,
including, without limitation, all common area maintenance charges, pass-through
operating  expenses  and other  out-of-pocket  operating  expenses of the lessor
characterized  as  additional  rent,  paid or  payable by the  Borrower  and its
Consolidated Subsidiaries during such period under all operating leases to which
the Borrower or any of its Consolidated Subsidiaries is a party or is subject to
or otherwise bound.

           1.33.  "Consolidated  Subsidiaries" means at any particular time, all
Subsidiaries of the Borrower whose accounts are or should be  consolidated  with
those of the Borrower in accordance  with GAAP.  The Joint Ventures shall not be
deemed to be Consolidated Subsidiaries for purposes of this Loan Agreement.

           1.34.  "Consolidated  Tangible  Net Worth"  means,  as at any date on
which the amount thereof shall be determined,  (i) the consolidated stockholders
equity of the Borrower and its Consolidated  Subsidiaries,  less (ii) the sum of
the  aggregate  amount  of  all  intangible  assets  of  the  Borrower  and  its
Consolidated  Subsidiaries,  including,  without  limitation,  lease acquisition
costs,  patents,  patent  rights,  trademarks,  goodwill,  rights to refund  and
indemnification  and any other  assets  which would be treated as an  intangible
asset  under  GAAP,  plus the  amount of any  write-up  in the book value of any
assets of the Borrower and its  Consolidated  Subsidiaries in excess of the cost
thereof  to the  Borrower  and its  Consolidated  Subsidiaries,  in each case as
determined  by reference to the most recent  consolidated  balance  sheet of the
Borrower, as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

           1.35.  "Consolidated Total  Capitalization"  means, as at any date on
which the amount thereof shall be determined,  the sum of the Consolidated Total
Debt plus the stockholders' equity of the Borrower as at such date, in each case
as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

           1.36.  "Consolidated  Total Debt" means,  as at any date on which the
amount thereof shall be determined,  (i) all  Indebtedness for borrowed money of
the Borrower and its  Consolidated  Subsidiaries  on a consolidated  basis as at
such  date,  including,   without  limitation,   all  unpaid  Obligations,   all
outstanding Indebtedness under a Permitted Securitization, all amounts due under
all  Capital  Leases  entered  into or  assumed  by the  Borrower  or any of its
Consolidated  Subsidiaries and all Contingent Obligations of the Borrower or any
of its Consolidated  Subsidiaries,  all as determined on a consolidated basis in
accordance with GAAP.


<PAGE>


           1.37.  "Contingent  Obligation"  means, as applied to any Person, any
direct or indirect liability,  contingent or otherwise,  of that Person (i) with
respect  to any  indebtedness,  lease,  dividend,  letter  of  credit  or  other
obligation  of another if the  primary  purpose or intent  thereof by the Person
incurring the  Contingent  Obligation is to provide  assurance to the obligee of
such  obligation  of another  that such  obligation  of another  will be paid or
discharged,  or that any agreements  relating  thereto will be complied with, or
that the  holder  of such  obligation  will be  protected  (in whole or in part)
against loss in respect  thereof,  or (ii) under any letter of credit issued for
the account of or for which that Person is  otherwise  liable for  reimbursement
thereof,  or (iii) under  interest  rate swap  agreements,  interest rate collar
agreements or other similar arrangements providing interest rate protection,  in
each case as marked to market.  Contingent  Obligations  shall include,  without
limitation, (a) the direct or indirect guaranty, endorsement (otherwise than for
collection  or  deposit  in  the  ordinary   course  of  business),   co-making,
discounting with recourse or sale with recourse by such Person of the obligation
of another,  and (b) any liability of such Person for the obligations of another
through any agreement  (contingent or otherwise) (1) to purchase,  repurchase or
otherwise acquire such obligation or any security therefor,  or to provide funds
for the payment or discharge of such  obligation  (whether in the form of loans,
advances, stock purchases,  capital contributions or otherwise), (2) to maintain
the solvency of any balance sheet item,  level of income or financial  condition
of  another,  or (3)  to  make  take-or-pay  or  similar  payments  if  required
regardless of non-performance by any other party or parties to an agreement,  if
the case of any agreement  described  under  subclauses  (1), (2) or (3) of this
sentence the primary  purpose or intent thereof is as described in clause (i) of
the preceding sentence. The amount of any Contingent Obligation,  as at any time
of  determination,  shall be equal to the amount of the obligation so guaranteed
or  otherwise  supported  at such time of  determination  which  amount shall be
deemed to be the amount of such obligation  guarantied,  as reasonably estimated
by the Borrower, if such amount cannot be specifically determined at the time of
determinations.  The term "Contingent  Obligations"  specifically includes, with
respect to the Borrower,  all  obligations  of the Borrower to reimburse PNC for
all drafts honored by PNC under the existing letters of credit issued by PNC for
the account of the Borrower.

           1.38.  "Continuing  Director"  means  any  member  of  the  Board  of
Directors  of the Borrower who is a member of such Board on the Closing Date and
any Person who is a member of such Board and whose  nomination as a director was
approved  by a  majority  of the  Continuing  Directors  then  on the  Board  of
Directors of the Borrower.

           1.39.  "Covered Tax" means any Tax that is not an Excluded Tax.

           1.40. "Date of Determination"  means, for purposes of determining the
applicable  Pricing Level on any Pricing Level Calculation Date, the forty-fifth
(45th)  day  following  the last day of the most  recent  Fiscal  Quarter of the
Borrower.

           1.41.  "Default  Rate"  means,  upon the  occurrence  and  during the
continuation  of the Events of Default  referred to in Sections 7(a) and 7(b) of
this Loan Agreement, as well as upon the


<PAGE>


acceleration  of the maturity of the  Obligations  due to the  occurrence of any
other  Event of  Default:  (i) with  respect to  Revolving  Loans and Swing Line
Loans,  a variable  rate per annum equal to the sum of (a) two percent  (2%) per
annum,  plus (b) the Base  Rate;  and (ii) with  respect  to  Letters  of Credit
outstanding on the date of the occurrence of such Event of Default or thereafter
issued  by PNC  during  the  continuation  of such  Event of  Default  (it being
understood  that PNC has no  obligation  to issue any Letter of Credit  upon the
occurrence  and during the  continuation  of any Event of Default),  a Letter of
Credit  Fee equal to the sum of (a) two  percent  (2%) per  annum,  plus (b) the
Letter of Credit Fee Percentage.

           1.42.  "Dollars"  means the  lawful  money of the  United  States of
America.

           1.43."EBITDA"  has the  meaning  set forth for it in Section  6.5 of
this Loan Agreement.

           1.44.  "Effective  Date"  means  the  effective  date  of  this  Loan
Agreement as defined in and subject to the  conditions  described in Section 3.1
hereof.

           1.45.  "Eligible Assignees" means (i) each Bank and each Affiliate of
each Bank, (ii) any commercial bank,  insurance  company,  savings bank or other
financial institution to which a Bank desires to sell all or a permitted portion
of its Revolving Loans and Revolving Loan  Commitment  pursuant to Section 10.A.
hereof, and (iii) any commercial bank, insurance company,  savings bank or other
financial institution selected by the Borrower and to which the Borrower directs
any Bank to sell its Revolving Loans and Revolving Loan  Commitment  pursuant to
Section 10.A hereof.
           1.46.  "Eligible  Investments"  means (i)  callable  direct,  general
obligations of the United States of America, or any obligations  unconditionally
guaranteed as to the timely  payment of principal and interest by the full faith
and credit of the United  States of  America,  (ii) bonds,  notes or  debentures
issued by the Federal  Home Loan Banks,  the  Export-Import  Banks of the United
States of America,  the Federal National  Mortgage  Association,  the Government
National  Mortgage  Association,   or  any  agency  or  instrumentality  of  the
government of the United States of America  which shall be  established  for the
purpose of acquiring the obligations of any of the foregoing,  (iii) obligations
of a deposit-taking institution whose deposits are insured by the bank insurance
fund  maintained  by the Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation,  provided the
principal  plus interest to accrue over the term of the deposit is fully insured
by the Bank Insurance Fund, (iv) investment  grade securities with a maturity of
one year or less, rated BBB or better by Standard and Poor's  Corporation or Baa
or better by Moody's Investor Services,  Inc., and (v) such other investments as
shall be reasonably acceptable to the Agent.

           1.47.  "ERISA" means the Employee  Retirement  Income Security Act of
1974, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.


<PAGE>


           1.48. "Estimated Interest Expense" has the  meaning set forth for it
 in Section 6.5 of this Loan Agreement.

           1.49. "Events of Default" means the occurrence or happening of any of
the matters set forth in Section 7 hereof.

           1.50.  "Excluded  Tax"  means  any of the  following  taxes,  levies,
imposts, duties,  deductions,  withholdings or charges, and all liabilities with
respect  thereto:  (i) Taxes imposed on the net income of a Bank, the Agent or a
Tax Transferee (including without limitation branch profits taxes, minimum taxes
and taxes computed under alternative  methods, at least one of which is based on
net income  (collectively  referred  to as net income  taxes") by (A) the United
States of America,  (B) the jurisdiction  under the laws of which such Bank, the
Agent or Tax Transferee is organized or any political  subdivision  thereof,  or
(C) the jurisdiction of such Bank's,  Tax Transferee's or the Agent's applicable
lending office or any political  subdivision thereof, or (D) any jurisdiction in
which the Bank, the Agent or Tax Transferee is doing business, (ii) any Taxes to
the extent  that they are in effect and would apply to a payment to such Bank or
the Agent, as applicable,  as of the Closing Date, or as of the date such Person
becomes a Bank,  in the case of any  Eligible  Assignee  pursuant  to Section 10
hereof,  (iii) any Taxes  that are in eft and would  apply to a payment to a Tax
Transferee  as of the date of  acquisition  of the  Revolving  Loans by such Tax
Transferee or the date of the change of lending  office of such Tax  Transferee,
as the case may be (provided however that a Person shall not be considered a Tax
Transferee  for  purposes  of this  clause  (iii) as a result of a change of its
lending office or the taking of any other steps pursuant to Section 2.9 hereof),
(iv) any Taxes to the extent of any  credit or other Tax  benefit  available  to
such Bank, Tax Transferee or the Agent, as applicable,  as a result thereof,  or
(v) any Taxes that would not have been  imposed but for the failure by the Agent
or such Bank or Tax Transferee,  as applicable,  to provide and keep current any
certification or other  documentation  required to qualify for an exemption from
or reduced rate of any Tax.

           1.51. "Federal Funds Rate" means the interest rate per annum equal to
the Weighted  Average of the average  national federal funds rate which shall be
computed on a monthly basis using the daily average  national federal funds rate
as released each Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York,  provided
that if the Federal Reserve Bank of New York ceases  releasing such  information
such rate shall be  obtained  by the Agent  from  another  generally  recognized
source.  For the purposes of this definition,  the term "Weighted Average" shall
mean the  quotient of (A) the sum of the  products  for each day of the relevant
calendar month of (1) each Base Rate Loan multiplied by (2) the average national
federal funds rate for such day divided by (B) the aggregate amounts of all Base
Rate Loans for each day of such calendar month.

           1.52.  "Fiscal  Quarter" means a fiscal quarter of the Borrower.  The
Fiscal  Quarters  of the  Borrower  currently  end on the last day of  December,
March, June and September.

           1.53.  "Fiscal Year" means a fiscal year of the Borrower.  The Fiscal
Year of the Borrower currently ends on September 30 of each calendar year.


<PAGE>


           1.54.  "Funding  Date"  means the date of the  funding of a Revolving
Loan or a Swing Line Loan.

           1.55. "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles set forth
in the opinions and  pronouncements  of the Accounting  Principles Board and the
American   Institute  of  Certified   Public   Accountants  and  statements  and
pronouncements  of the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board or in such other
statements by such other entity as may be approved by a  significant  segment of
the accounting  profession,  which are applicable to the circumstances as of the
date of determination, as applied in accordance with the modifications contained
in Section 5.3 hereof.

           1.56. "Guarantor" means each Consolidated  Subsidiary (other than ST
Mexico) that is not merely a holding  company,  and, if  applicable,  each other
Person that has executed and  delivered a Guaranty  Agreement for the benefit of
the Banks.

           1.57.  "Guaranty  Agreements"  mean,   collectively,   the  documents
establishing  the  absolute,  joint  and  several  guaranty  of  payment  of the
Obligations by each of the Consolidated Subsidiaries,  substantially in the form
of Exhibit K annexed hereto and otherwise in form and substance  satisfactory in
each case to the Agent.

           1.58.  "Indebtedness" means, with respect to the Borrower and each of
its  Consolidated  Subsidiaries,   (i)  all  indebtedness  for  borrowed  money,
including,  without limitation,  all reimbursement obligations of such Person in
respect of all  letters of credit  issued for the account of such  Person,  (ii)
that portion of  obligations  with  respect to Capital  Leases which is properly
classified  as a liability on a balance  sheet in  conformity  with GAAP,  (iii)
notes payable and drafts accepted  representing  extensions of credit whether or
not  representing  obligations for borrowed money,  (iv) any obligation owed for
all or any part of the  deferred  purchase  price of property or services  which
purchase  price is (y) due more than six months from the date of  incurrence  of
the obligation in respect thereof, or (z) evidenced by a note or similar written
instrument,  but excluding  trade  payables  incurred in the ordinary  course of
business, (v) all outstanding indebtedness under a Permitted Securitization, and
(vi) all indebtedness secured by any Lien on any property or asset owned by such
Person  regardless of whether the  indebtedness  secured thereby shall have been
assumed by such Person or is  non-recourse to the credit of such Person but only
to the extent of the fair market value of any such property or assets.

           1.59.  "Interest  Payment  Date" means (i) with  respect to each Base
Rate Loan,  the last day of each Fiscal Quarter during which such Base Rate Loan
is  outstanding  in whole or in part,  and (ii) with  respect to each LIBOR Rate
Loan, the last day of each Interest  Period  applicable to such LIBOR Rate Loan;
provided  that in the case of each  Interest  Period  of six  months,  "Interest
Payment  Date"  shall  also  include  each  three  month   anniversary   of  the
commencement of that Interest Period.

           1.60.  "Interest  Period" means any interest  period  applicable to a
LIBOR Rate Loan as determined pursuant to Section 2.2B hereof.


<PAGE>


           1.61. "Interest Rate Determination Date" means each date on which the
Agent shall quote the LIBOR Rate to the Borrower for purposes of determining the
LIBOR Rate in respect of an Interest  Period.  The Interest  Rate  Determination
Date  shall be the  second  Business  Day prior to the first day of the  related
Interest Period.

           1.62.  "Internal  Revenue  Code" means the  Internal  Revenue Code of
1986, as amended to the date hereof and from time to time hereafter.

           1.63. "Joint Ventures" means, collectively,  (i) Mi-Tech Steel, Inc.,
a joint  venture  formed by the Borrower and Mitsui  Steel  Development  Company
under the laws of the State of Delaware,  (ii)  Processing  Technology,  Inc., a
joint  venture  formed  by  the  Borrower,  LTV  Corporation  and  Mitsui  Steel
Development Company under the laws of the State of Delaware, and (iii) all other
partnerships  or joint  ventures to which the Borrower is now or in the future a
party and in which the  Borrower  has  contributed  capital  and/or to which the
Borrower has made loan(s).

           1.64.  "Letters  of  Credit"  means any  letter of credit or  similar
instrument  issued by PNC for the account of the Borrower  pursuant to this Loan
Agreement  for the  purpose of securing  the  performance,  payment,  deposit or
surety obligations of the Borrower pursuant to purchase orders, contracts and/or
operating  leases or Capital  Leases entered into or proposed to be entered into
or assumed or proposed to be assumed by the Borrower in the  ordinary  course of
such business. The term "Letters of Credit" as used herein specifically excludes
the outstanding  letters of credit issued by PNC for the account of the Borrower
and which are described on Schedule 1.64 annexed hereto.

           1.65. "Letter of Credit Fee" has the meaning assigned to that term in
Section 2.7F(ii) hereof.

           1.66.  "Letter of Credit Fee Percentage"  means the Applicable  LIBOR
Rate Margin in effect  during a particular  Pricing  Period in which a Letter of
Credit is issued by PNC for the account of the Borrower.

           1.67. "Letter of Credit Usage" means, as at any date of determination
thereof,  the sum of (i) the maximum  aggregate  amount  which is or at any time
thereafter  may become  available  for drawing  under all Letters of Credit then
outstanding,  plus (ii) the aggregate  unpaid  amount of all drawings  under all
Letters of Credit honored by PNC.

           1.68.  "Leverage Ratio" means, as of each Date of Determination,  (a)
the  Borrower's   Consolidated   Total  Debt  as  of  the  particular   Date  of
Determination,  divided by (b) the Borrower's  Consolidated Total Capitalization
as of the  particular  Date of  Determination,  in each case  determined for the
Borrower on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

           1.69.  "LIBOR Rate" means the Adjusted LIBOR Rate plus the Applicable
LIBOR Rate Margin in effect for the particular Interest Period.


<PAGE>


           1.70.  "LIBOR Rate Loans" means  Revolving Loans made to the Borrower
bearing interest at the LIBOR Rate.

           1.71. "Lien" means any lien,  mortgage,  pledge,  security  interest,
charge or encumbrance of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title
retention agreement,  any lease in the nature thereof, and any agreement to give
any security interest).

           1.72.  "Loan  Agreement"  means this Second Amended and Restated Loan
Agreement  dated as of December 31, 1998 as it may be amended,  supplemented  or
otherwise modified from time to time.

           1.73.  "Loan  Instruments"  means this Loan Agreement,  the Revolving
Notes,  the Swing  Line Note,  the  Guaranty  Agreement,  each  Application  and
Agreement  for  Letter  of  Credit  and all  other  applications,  reimbursement
agreements and other documents or certificates executed in favor of PNC relating
to the Letters of Credit,  each  Request for  Revolving  Loan,  each Request for
Swing Line Loan, each Compliance Certificate and all other agreements, documents
and instruments delivered by the Borrower pursuant to this Loan Agreement.

           1.74.  "Margin  Stock"  has the  meaning  assigned  to  that  term in
Regulation  U of the Board of  Governors  of the  Federal  Reserve  System as in
effect from time to time.

           1.75.  "Material  Adverse Effect" means any set of  circumstances  or
events which (a) has or will have any material  adverse effect  whatsoever  upon
the validity or  enforceability of this Agreement or any other Loan Instruments,
(b) is or will be material  and  adverse to the  business,  properties,  assets,
financial condition,  results of operations or prospects of the Borrower and its
Consolidated  Subsidiaries  taken as a whole or (c) impairs  materially  or will
impair materially the ability of the Borrower and Guarantors taken as a whole to
duly and punctually pay or perform the Obligations.

           1.76.  "Note  Purchase  Agreement"  means that certain Note Agreement
dated as of March 1, 1995, between the Borrower and the Note Purchasers pursuant
to which Borrower  issued and severally  sold to the Note  Purchasers the Senior
Notes, including any and all amendments thereto now or hereafter.

           1.77. "Note Purchasers"  means the  institutional  investors that are
parties to the Note Purchase Agreement with Borrower.

           1.78. "Note Purchasers Guaranty Agreements" means guaranty agreements
by the respective  Consolidated  Subsidiaries parties thereto,  identical in all
respects to the Guaranty Agreements except given in favor of the Note Purchasers
to guarantee the obligations of the Borrower under the Note Purchase Agreement.


<PAGE>


           1.79.   "Note   Purchasers   Intercreditor   Agreement"   means   the
Intercreditor Agreement dated as of March 1, 1995 entered into among Agent, each
of the Banks and each of the Note  Purchasers,  including any and all amendments
thereto now or hereafter.

           1.80. "Notice of Conversion/Continuation"  means a notice in the form
of  Exhibit  E  annexed  hereto  with  respect  to  a  proposed   conversion  or
continuation of a Revolving Loan.

           1.81. "Obligations" means: (i) the entire unpaid principal balance of
and all interest accrued on the Revolving Notes, and (ii) all other  liabilities
owing by the  Borrower  to the  Banks  arising  under or  pursuant  to this Loan
Agreement  or the other  Loan  Instruments  of any kind or  nature,  present  or
future, and whether or not evidenced by any note,  guaranty or other instrument.
The term "Obligations"  includes,  without  limitation,  all interest,  charges,
expenses,  reasonable  attorneys'  fees and any  other  sums  chargeable  to the
Borrower under this Loan Agreement and/or any other Loan Instrument.

           1.82. "Offered Rate" means the interest rate quoted from time to time
by PNC to the Borrower as applicable to Swing Line Loans. The Offered Rate shall
constitute,  on each Funding  Date of a Swing Line Loan,  the offer quoted by an
officer of PNC to the Borrower on each such Funding Date of a Swing Line Loan.

           1.83. "Officer's  Certificate" means a certificate executed on behalf
of the Borrower by an Authorized Officer pursuant to this Loan Agreement.

           1.84."Permitted  Securitization"  means a sale to a bankruptcy remote
entity of accounts  receivable of Borrower in conjunction  with a securitization
thereof  generating  net  proceeds  of not  greater  than  $50  million,  all in
structure, form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Requisite Banks and
the  proceeds  of which at the time of such  securitization  are used  solely to
repay the Revolving Loans,  the Swing Line Loans and the Indebtedness  under the
Note  Purchase  Agreement  unless and until all of the same are paid in full, in
which case  Borrower may utilize the proceeds  for any other  purpose  permitted
under this Loan Agreement.

           1.85.   "Person"   means   any   individual,   sole   proprietorship,
partnership,  joint venture, trust,  unincorporated  organization,  association,
corporation,  other entity or group, institution,  party or government,  whether
federal, state, county, city, municipal or other, or agency or division thereof.

           1.86.  "Potential Event of Default" means the occurrence of any event
or condition which,  with the passage of time or the giving of notice,  or both,
would become an Event of Default.

           1.87. "Pricing Level" means, for any Pricing Period, Pricing Level I,
Pricing Level II, Pricing Level III, Pricing Level IV or Pricing Level V, as may
be in effect for such Pricing Period; provided that the Default Rate shall be in
effect upon the occurrence and during the continuation of any Event of Default.


<PAGE>


           1.88.  "Pricing  Level I" means  the  Pricing  Level  that will be in
effect  for  the  applicable  Pricing  Period  if,  as of the  relevant  Date of
Determination, the Leverage Ratio of the Borrower is less than .40 to 1.0.

           1.89.  "Pricing  Level II" means the  Pricing  Level  that will be in
effect  for  the  applicable  Pricing  Period  if,  as of the  relevant  Date of
Determination,  the  Leverage  Ratio of the Borrower is equal to or greater than
 .40 to 1.0 but is less than .45 to 1.0.

           1.90.  "Pricing  Level III" means the  Pricing  Level that will be in
effect  for  the  applicable  Pricing  Period  if,  as of the  relevant  Date of
Determination,  the  Leverage  Ratio of the Borrower is equal to or greater than
 .45 to 1.0 but less than 0.50 to 1.0.

           1.91."Pricing  Level  IV"  means the  Pricing  Level  that will be in
effect  for  the  applicable  Pricing  Period  if,  as of the  relevant  Date of
Determination,  the  Leverage  Ratio of the Borrower is equal to or greater than
 .50 to 1.0 but less than .55 to 1.0.

           1.92."Pricing Level V" means the Pricing Level that will be in effect
for the applicable  Pricing Period if, as of the relevant Date of Determination,
the Leverage Ratio of the Borrower is equal to or greater than .55 to 1.0.

           1.93.  "Pricing Level Calculation Date" means the date of delivery to
the Banks of the Compliance  Certificate for the preceding Fiscal Quarter of the
Borrower pursuant to Section 5.3(c) of this Loan Agreement.

           1.94.   "Pricing   Period"  means,   with  respect  to  any  Date  of
Determination, the period commencing on such Date of Determination and ending on
the day immediately preceding the next Date of Determination.

           1.95. "Prime Rate" means at any time the interest rate per annum most
recently  designated  or  announced  by PNC as its "Prime Rate" in effect at its
principal office in Pittsburgh,  Pennsylvania, it being expressly understood and
agreed  to by the  Borrower  that  the  "Prime  Rate"  is the  rate of  interest
designated by PNC as its "Prime Rate" and such term does not necessarily mean or
imply that it is the lowest or best rate then available from the Bank.

           1.96. "Proforma   Compliant   Acquisition",   "Proforma   Acquisition
Information",  Proforma Calculation  Period",  "Proforma Debt Service Coverage",
"Proforma  EBITDA" and  "Proforma  Debt Service" each have the meaning set forth
for them in Section 6.5 of this Loan Agreement.

           1.97.  "Pro Rata Share" means,  with respect to each  Revolving  Loan
Commitment of each Bank,  the  percentage set forth opposite that Bank's name on
Schedule 2.1 annexed  hereto;  provided  that  Schedule 2.1 shall be amended and
each Bank's Pro Rata Share shall be adjusted from


<PAGE>


time to time to give  effect to the  addition or removal of any Bank as provided
herein or by assignment pursuant to Section 10 hereof.

           1.98.  "Purchase Money  Indebtedness"  means all  Indebtedness of the
Borrower which is secured by a purchase  money  security  interest in the assets
acquired by the Borrower with the proceeds of such Indebtedness, but only to the
extent  such  security  interest  encumbers  solely the assets  acquired  by the
Borrower with the proceeds of such  Indebtedness and only secures the payment of
the Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower to acquire such assets.

           1.99.  "Regulation D" means Regulation D of the Board of Governors of
the Federal Reserve System as in effect from time to time.

           1.100.  "Request for Revolving Loan" means the Request in the form of
Exhibit F  annexed  hereto  with  respect  to a  proposed  Revolving  Loan to be
delivered  by the  Borrower  to the Agent on behalf  of the  Banks  pursuant  to
Sections 2.1C and 3.3A hereof.

           1.101. "Request for Swing Line Loan" means the request in the form of
Exhibit G hereto with  respect to a proposed  Swing Line Loan to be delivered by
the Borrower to PNC pursuant to Section 2.11B of this Loan Agreement.

           1.102.  "Requisite Banks" means Banks holding at least 60% of the sum
of the  Total  Utilization  of  Revolving  Loan  Commitments  as of the  date of
determination of the Requisite Banks;  provided, if there are no Revolving Loans
or  Letters  of  Credit  outstanding  as of the  date  of  determination  of the
Requisite  Banks,  the term "Requisite  Banks" shall mean Banks holding at least
60% of the sum of the Revolving Loan Commitments as of the date of determination
of the Requisite Banks. It is expressly understood that the Total Utilization of
Revolving Loan  Commitments for purposes of determination of the Requisite Banks
includes each Bank's  obligation to make  Revolving  Loans in an amount equal to
its Pro Rata  Share of all  drawings  under  Letters  of  Credit  issued  by PNC
pursuant to this Loan Agreement.

           1.103.  "Restricted  Junior  Payment" means (i) any dividend or other
distribution, direct or indirect, on account of any shares of any class of stock
of the Borrower now or hereafter  outstanding,  other than any dividend  payable
solely in shares of capital  stock or in options,  warrants  or other  rights to
purchase capital stock, (ii) any redemption, retirement, sinking fund or similar
payment,  purchase or other  acquisition for value,  direct or indirect,  of any
shares of any class of stock of the  Borrower,  or of any  warrants,  options or
other rights to acquire any such shares of stock, now or hereafter  outstanding,
or (iii) any payment or prepayment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest
on,  redemption,  purchase,  retirement,  defeasance,  sinking  fund or  similar
payment with respect to, any Subordinated Indebtedness.

           1.104.  "Revolver" means the revolving credit facility established by
the  Banks  pursuant  to this Loan  Agreement  in favor of the  Borrower  in the
maximum permitted  aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding of One
Hundred Million Dollars ($100,000,000.00),


<PAGE>


pursuant to which the Borrower may obtain  Revolving Loans and Letters of Credit
during the term of the Revolver upon the terms and  conditions set forth in this
Loan  Agreement.  All  references  to the  "aggregate  principal  balance of the
Revolving  Loans  outstanding"  or similar  phrases in this Loan Agreement shall
mean,  as at the  date of  determination  thereof,  the  sum of (i)  the  entire
aggregate outstanding principal balance of all Revolving Loans made by the Banks
pursuant to this loan  Agreement,  and (ii) the then  existing  Letter of Credit
Usage.

           1.105.  "Revolving Loan  Commitment" or "Revolving Loan  Commitments"
means (i) the commitment of each Bank to maintain or make Revolving Loans and to
make and/or  participate  in Letters of Credit as set forth in Sections  2.1 and
2.7 hereof,  and (ii) the  commitment  of PNC to issue  Letters of Credit as set
forth in Section 2.7 hereof.

           1.106.   "Revolving  Loan  Commitment  Termination  Date"  means  the
Revolving Loan Commitment Termination Date then in effect, which currently shall
be December  31, 2001  subject to  extension  thereof  pursuant to Section  2.1B
hereof,  or, if  sooner,  (i) the date as of which the  Obligations  shall  have
become  immediately  due and payable  pursuant to Section 7 hereof,  or (ii) the
date on  which  all of the  Obligations  are  paid in full  (including,  without
limitation, the repayment, expiration,  termination or cash collateralization of
Letters  of Credit  pursuant  to this Loan  Agreement)  and all  Revolving  Loan
Commitments are reduced to zero.

           1.107.  "Revolving  Loans" means the Revolving  Loans which the Banks
have agreed to maintain or make pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof.

           1.108. "Revolving Note" means, collectively, the Revolving Promissory
Notes,  all dated as of December  31, 1998 and made by Borrower to the order of,
respectively, PNC in face principal amount of $30,000,000, NBD in face principal
amount  of  $22,500,000,  Suntrust  in face  principal  amount  of  $22,500,000,
National City in face  principal  amount of  $15,000,000,  and Star Bank in face
principal  amount of  $10,000,000,  in the forms  attached to and made a part of
this Loan  Agreement  as Exhibits  H-1,  H-2,  H-3,  H-4 and H-5,  respectively,
together with all amendments, modifications,  renewals, extensions, restatements
and replacements of each of them, respectively.

           1.109.  "Roberts" means Robert Steel Company, an Ohio corporation.

           1.110. "Senior Notes" means Borrower's $40,000,000 8.52% Senior Notes
due March 1, 2005 that Borrower issued and severally sold to the Note Purchasers
pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement.

           1.111. "ST Carolinas" means Steel Technologies  Carolinas,  Inc., a
North Carolina corporation and one of the Consolidated Subsidiaries of Borrower.

           1.112. "ST  Mexico" means Steel Technologies  De Mexico S.A. De C.V.


<PAGE>


           1.113.  "ST Ohio" means  Steel  Technologies  Ohio,  Inc.,  an  Ohio
corporation that is a Consolidated Subsidiary of Borrower.

           1.114.  "ST  Wabash"  means  Wabash Steel  Corporation,  an  Indiana
corporation and one of the Consolidated Subsidiaries of Borrower.

           1.115.  "Subordinated  Indebtedness"  means any  Indebtedness  of the
Borrower now or hereafter owing to any Person and which has been subordinated to
the prior payment of the Obligations in a manner satisfactory to the Banks.

           1.116.  "Subsidiary"  means,  with respect to the  Borrower,  (i) any
corporation  of which more than 50% of the  outstanding  voting  stock is at the
time owned by the Borrower or by one or more of its  Subsidiaries,  and (ii) any
Person controlled by the Borrower or by one or more of its Subsidiaries, whether
by virtue of voting interest,  other beneficial interest or by voting agreement,
proxy or otherwise.  The Joint Ventures  shall not be deemed to be  Subsidiaries
for purposes of this Loan Agreement.

           1.117.  "Swing Line Loan  Commitment"  means the commitment of PNC to
maintain  or make Swing  Line  Loans as set forth in Section  2.11A of this Loan
Agreement.

           1.118. "Swing Line Loan Commitment  Termination Date" means the Swing
Line Loan Commitment  Termination Date then in effect, which shall originally be
November 12, 1999,  subject to extension  thereof  pursuant to Section  2.11C of
this Loan Agreement, or if sooner (i) the date as of which the Obligations shall
have  become  immediately  due and  payable  pursuant  to Section 7 of this Loan
Agreement,  or (ii) the date on which  all of the  Obligations  are paid in full
(including, without limitation, the repayment,  expiration,  termination or cash
collateralization  of Letters of Credit pursuant to this Loan Agreement) and the
Swing Line Loan Commitment is reduced to zero.

           1.119.  "Swing Line  Loans"  means the Swing Line Loans which PNC has
agreed to maintain or make pursuant to Section 2.11A of this Loan Agreement.

           1.120.   "Swing  Line  Note"  means  that  certain  Swing  Line  Loan
Promissory Note dated December 31, 1998, made by Borrower,  payable to the order
of PNC, and in the face principal amount of $5,000,000,  in the form attached to
and  made a part  of this  Loan  Agreement  as  Exhibit  I,  together  with  all
amendments,  modifications,  renewals, extensions, restatements and replacements
thereof.

           1.121.  "Target  Person"  has  the  meaning  set  forth  for it  in
Section 6.5 of this Loan Agreement.

           1.122.  "Tax" or  "Taxes"  means any  present  or future  tax,  levy,
impost,  duty, charge,  governmental fee, deduction or withholding of any nature
and whatever called, by whomsoever,  on whomsoever and wherever imposed, levied,
collected,  withheld or assessed;  provided that "Tax on the overall net income"
of a  Person  shall  be  construed  as a  reference  to a  tax  imposed  by  the
jurisdiction in


<PAGE>


which that Person's principal office (and/or, in the case of a Bank, its lending
office) is located  on all or part of the net  income,  profits or gains of that
Person (whether worldwide,  or only insofar as such income, profits or gains are
considered to arise in or to relate to a particular jurisdiction, or otherwise).

           1.123. "Tax Transferee" means any Person who acquires any interest in
the  Revolving  Loans  (whether or not by  operation of law) or in the office to
which a Bank or the Agent has  transferred  its Revolving  Loans for purposes of
determining where the Revolving Loans are made, accounted for or booked.

           1.124. "Total Utilization of Revolving Loan Commitments" means, as at
any date of determination thereof, the sum of (i) the aggregate principal amount
of all outstanding Revolving Loans, and (ii) the Letter of Credit Usage.

           1.125.  "Voting  Stock"  means the shares of  capital  stock or other
securities  of the  Borrower  entitled to vote  generally in the election of the
directors of the Borrower.

           1.126.  "Year 2000  Problem"  has  the  meaning set forth for it  in
Section 4.23 hereof.

           1.127.  Accounting  Terms.  For purposes of this Loan Agreement,  all
accounting terms not otherwise  defined herein shall have the meanings  assigned
to them in conformity  with GAAP and all financial  statements and  certificates
and  reports as to  financial  matters  required  to be  delivered  to the Banks
hereunder shall (unless otherwise  disclosed to the Banks in writing at the time
of  delivery  thereof  in the manner  described  in  Section  5.3(b)  hereof) be
prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with GAAP.

           1.128.  Other  Definitional  Provisions.  Any  reference in this Loan
Agreement (i) to a Section, a Schedule or an Exhibit is a reference to a section
hereof,  a schedule  hereto or an exhibit  hereto,  respectively;  and (ii) to a
subsection or a clause is, unless otherwise  stated, a reference to a subsection
or a clause of the Section or subsection in which the reference appears. In this
Loan  Agreement  the singular  includes the plural and the plural the  singular;
"hereof," "herein,"  "thereto,"  "hereunder" and the like mean and refer to this
Loan Agreement as a whole and not merely to the specific  section,  paragraph or
clause in which the respective word appears;  words importing any gender include
the other  genders;  references to statutes are to be construed as including all
statutory provisions  consolidating,  amending or replacing the statute referred
to;  references to "writing"  include  printing,  typing,  lithography and other
means of reproducing  words in a tangible  visible form; the words  "including,"
"includes"  and "include"  shall be deemed to be followed by the words  "without
limitation"; references to agreements and other contractual instruments shall be
deemed to include all subsequent amendments, supplements,  assignments and other
modifications  thereto,  but  only  to the  extent  such  modifications  are not
prohibited  by the terms of this  Loan  Agreement,  and  references  to  Persons
include their  respective  permitted  successors  and assigns or, in the case of
governmental  Persons,  Persons  succeeding  to the  relevant  functions of such
Persons.



<PAGE>


                                    SECTION 2
                          REVOLVER AND SWING LINE LOANS

      20 Revolver.  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Loan  Agreement,
the Banks hereby  establish the Revolver in favor of the Borrower in the maximum
permitted  aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding of One Hundred
Million Dollars  ($100,000,000.00).  Pursuant to the Revolver,  the Borrower may
obtain  Revolving Loans pursuant to, and subject to the terms and conditions set
forth in, this Loan  Agreement for the purposes set forth in Section 2.5 hereof.
The Revolver is subject to the following terms and conditions:

           2.1.  Revolving Loan Commitments; Revolving Loans.

           2.1A. Revolving Loan Commitments. Each Bank severally agrees, subject
to the  limitations  set forth  below  with  respect  to the  maximum  amount of
Revolving  Loans  permitted to be outstanding  from time to time, to lend to the
Borrower  from time to time  during  the  period  from the  Closing  Date to but
excluding the Revolving Loan Commitment Termination Date an aggregate amount not
exceeding its Pro Rata Share of the aggregate  Revolving Loan  Commitments.  The
amount of each Bank's  Revolving Loan  Commitment is equal to the Pro Rata Share
Revolving  Loan  Commitment  set forth opposite its name on Schedule 2.1 annexed
hereto applied to the maximum permitted aggregate  outstanding  principal amount
of the Revolving  Loan  Commitment in effect from time to time,  and the maximum
permitted  aggregate   outstanding   principal  amount  of  the  Revolving  Loan
Commitments  presently is One Hundred Million Dollars  ($100,000,000);  provided
that the amount of the Revolving Loan Commitments  shall be reduced from time to
time by the amount of any  reductions  thereto  made  pursuant  to Section  2.4C
hereof  (it  being   understood  that  all  references  to  the  Revolving  Loan
Commitments of the Banks set forth in this Loan Agreement shall mean the initial
Revolving Loan Commitments of the Banks set forth on Schedule 2.1 annexed hereto
as reduced by voluntary reductions of the Revolving Loan Commitments effected by
the  Borrower  pursuant to Section  2.4C  hereof).  Each Bank's  Revolving  Loan
Commitment  shall expire on the Revolving Loan Commitment  Termination  Date and
all Revolving  Loans and all other  Obligations  owed hereunder shall be paid in
full no later than that date.  Amounts  borrowed  under this Section 2.1A may be
repaid and reborrowed to but excluding the Revolving Loan Commitment Termination
Date, subject to the provisions of Section 2.4C hereof.

           Anything   contained   in  this  Loan   Agreement   to  the  contrary
notwithstanding, the Revolving Loans and the Revolving Loan Commitments shall be
subject to the  following  limitations  (and the  Borrower  may be  obligated to
prepay  Revolving  Loans  outstanding by virtue of such  limitations as required
under Sections 2.4A(ii) hereof):

      (1) The amount otherwise  available for borrowing under the Revolving Loan
Commitments as of the time of determination thereof (other than to reimburse PNC
for the


<PAGE>


amount of any  drawings  under any  Letters  of  Credit  honored  by PNC and not
theretofore  reimbursed by the Borrower)  shall be reduced by an amount equal to
the Letter of Credit Usage as of such time of determination; and

      (2) The Total  Utilization of Revolving Loan Commitments  shall not exceed
the aggregate Revolving Loan Commitments.

           2.1B. Term  of  Revolving   Loan   Commitments. \The  Revolving  Loan
Commitments shall become effective immediately as of the Closing Date, and as of
the Closing Date, the Borrower may obtain  Revolving Loans and Letters of Credit
subject  to the  terms and  conditions  contained  herein.  The  Revolving  Loan
Commitments  shall  continue  in effect  until  the  Revolving  Loan  Commitment
Termination  Date, unless sooner terminated (a) by the Banks upon the occurrence
and during the  continuation  of an Event of Default,  or (b) by the Borrower at
any time in its sole and absolute discretion. The Borrower may request, not less
than sixty (60) days prior to December 31, 2001 or any subsequent Revolving Loan
Commitment Termination Date, that the Revolving Loan Commitment Termination Date
be extended for a period  selected by the Borrower and  acceptable to the Banks.
The Agent  shall  notify the  Borrower in  writing,  within  thirty (30) days of
receipt  of such  request,  whether  the Banks  have  elected  to so extend  the
Revolving Loan Commitment Termination Date. In the event the Agent fails to give
such  written  notice to the Borrower  within such thirty (30) day period,  such
failure shall  constitute an affirmative  election by the Banks not to so extend
the Revolving Loan  Commitment  Termination  Date. The Revolving Loan Commitment
Termination Date may only be extended by the unanimous written consent of all of
the Banks in their sole and absolute  discretion as  communicated  in writing to
the  Agent.  If any Bank  elects  not to extend the  Revolving  Loan  Commitment
Termination  Date,  the Agent shall  notify the  Borrower  thereof and such Bank
shall constitute an "Affected Bank" for purposes of Section 10.E hereof.  In the
event the Banks elect not to extend the Revolving  Loan  Commitment  Termination
Date,  the Revolving Loan  Commitments  shall  terminate,  and the entire unpaid
principal  balance of and all accrued and unpaid interest on the Revolving Loans
and the other  Obligations  shall be respectively due and payable in full to the
Banks on the then Revolving Loan  Commitment  Termination  Date,  subject at all
times to the Banks'  absolute right to terminate the Revolving Loan  Commitments
upon the occurrence  and during the  continuation  of an Event of Default.  Upon
termination of the Revolving  Loan  Commitments by the Banks upon the occurrence
and during the  continuation  of an Event of Default,  or by the Borrower at any
time in its sole and absolute discretion, the entire unpaid principal balance of
and all  accrued  and  unpaid  interest  on the  Revolving  Loans  and all other
Obligations  shall be  respectively  due and  payable in full to the Banks.  The
termination of the Revolving Loan Commitments, for whatever reason, shall not in
any way release or relieve the Borrower from its obligations  incurred hereunder
or in  connection  herewith  or under  the  Revolving  Notes or the  other  Loan
Instruments  and the provisions  hereof and of the Revolving Notes and the other
Loan  Instruments  shall  continue in full force and effect until the  Revolving
Notes  and all other  Obligations  have  been  respectively  paid in full to the
Banks.  In the event the Borrower  terminates  the Revolving  Loan  Commitments,
which the


<PAGE>


Borrower  has the right to do at any time in its sole and  absolute  discretion,
the  Borrower  shall be  obligated  to pay the  Revolving  Notes  and all  other
Obligations in full to the Banks, respectively.

           2.1C.  Borrowing  Mechanics.  The obtaining  by the  Borrower of each
      Revolving Loan shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

                (a) Base  Rate  Loans  shall  be in the  minimum  amount  of One
      Million  Dollars  ($1,000,000.00)  and  integral  multiples of One Hundred
      Thousand  Dollars  ($100,000.00) in excess of that amount or, if less, the
      amount  available  to be borrowed  under the Revolver at the time the Base
      Rate Loan is requested by the Borrower.  Subject to there being sufficient
      availability under the Revolver,  LIBOR Rate Loans shall be in the minimum
      amount of Five Million Dollars  ($5,000,000.00)  and integral multiples of
      One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) in excess of that amount. Whenever the
      Borrower desires that the Banks make a Revolving Loan to the Borrower, the
      Borrower  shall deliver to the Banks a Request for Revolving Loan no later
      than 10:30 A.M.  (Louisville,  Kentucky  time) at least three (3) Business
      Days in advance of the  proposed  Funding Date in the case of a LIBOR Rate
      Loan  and on the day of the  proposed  Funding  Date in the case of a Base
      Rate Loan.  The Request for Revolving Loan shall be in the form of Exhibit
      F  respectively,  attached  hereto and made a part of this Loan Agreement.
      Revolving  Loans may be continued as or converted into Base Rate Loans and
      LIBOR Rate Loans in the manner provided in Section 2.2D hereof. In lieu of
      delivering the above  described  Request for Revolving  Loan, the Borrower
      may give the Agent telephonic notice by the required time of the requested
      Revolving Loan under this Section 2.1C; provided that such notice shall be
      promptly  confirmed in writing by delivery of a Request for Revolving Loan
      to the Agent on or before the applicable Funding Date.

                (b) Neither the Agent nor the Banks shall incur any liability to
      the Borrower in acting upon any telephonic  notice referred to above which
      the Agent and/or the Banks  believe in good faith to have been given by an
      Authorized  Officer or other person  authorized to borrow on behalf of the
      Borrower or for  otherwise  acting in good faith under this Section  2.1C,
      and, upon funding of any Revolving  Loans by the Banks in accordance  with
      this Loan Agreement  pursuant to any telephonic notice, the Borrower shall
      have effected such Revolving Loans hereunder.

                (c) Except as provided in Sections 2.6B, 2.6C or 2.6F hereof,  a
      Request for Revolving Loan for a LIBOR Rate Loan (or telephonic  notice in
      lieu thereof) shall be irrevocable on and after the related  Interest Rate
      Determination  Date,  and the  Borrower  shall  be  bound  to  borrow  the
      particular LIBOR Rate Loan in accordance therewith.


<PAGE>


                (d) The Agent  shall make the  proceeds of each  Revolving  Loan
      requested by the Borrower available to the Borrower on the Funding Date by
      causing  an  amount  of same  day  funds  equal  to the  proceeds  of such
      Revolving  Loan to be credited to the account of the  Borrower  maintained
      with the Banks.

                (e) The  Borrower  shall have no right to obtain,  and the Banks
      shall have no obligation to make, any Revolving Loan if a Potential  Event
      of Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

                (f) Each request by the Borrower for a Revolving Loan or a Swing
      Line Loan shall, in and of itself,  constitute a continuing representation
      and warranty by the  Borrower to the Banks (i) that the Borrower  then is,
      and at the time the  Revolving  Loan or Swing Line Loan is  actually  made
      will be,  entitled  under this Loan  Agreement  to obtain  the  particular
      Revolving  Loan or Swing  Line Loan,  and (ii) that all of the  covenants,
      agreements, representations and warranties made by the Borrower herein and
      in the other Loan  Instruments  are true and correct,  and have been fully
      complied with, as of such date.

                (g) The  Borrower  shall have no right to obtain  any  Revolving
      Loan or Swing Line Loan unless all of the terms and  conditions  set forth
      in this  Section  2.1C  have  been  fully  satisfied  with  regard to that
      Revolving Loan or that Swing Line Loan.

           2.1D.  Disbursement of Revolving Loans to the Borrower. All Revolving
Loans made to the Borrower under this Loan Agreement  shall be made by the Banks
simultaneously and  proportionately in accordance with their respective Pro Rata
Shares of the Revolving Loan Commitments, it being understood that no Bank shall
be responsible for any default by any other Bank of that other Bank's obligation
to fund its Pro Rata  Share  of a  Revolving  Loan  requested  hereunder  by the
Borrower,  nor shall the Revolving  Loan  Commitment of any Bank be increased or
decreased  as a result of the  default by any other  Bank of that  other  Bank's
obligation to fund its Pro Rata Share of a Revolving Loan requested hereunder by
the  Borrower.  Promptly  after  receipt by the Agent of a Request For Revolving
Loan pursuant to Section 2.1C hereof (or telephonic notice in lieu thereof), the
Agent shall  notify each Bank of the  Revolving  Loan  requested by the Borrower
pursuant thereto. Each Bank shall make its Pro Rata Share of each Revolving Loan
to be made to the  Borrower  available to the Agent,  in same day funds,  at the
office of the Agent located at 500 West Jefferson Street,  Louisville,  Kentucky
not later than 1:00 P.M. (Louisville, Kentucky time) on the Funding Date. Except
with respect to the  reimbursement to PNC for a drawing under a Letter of Credit
issued by PNC as provided in Section 2.7 hereof,  upon satisfaction or waiver of
the  conditions  precedent  specified  in Section 3.l in the case of the initial
Revolving  Loan on the  initial  Funding  Date and  Section 3.3 in the case of a
Revolving Loan on any subsequent Funding Date, the Agent shall make the proceeds
of each Revolving  Loan  requested by the Borrower  available to the Borrower on
the Funding Date by causing an amount of same day funds equal to the proceeds of
the Banks'  respective  Pro Rata Shares of such  Revolving  Loan received by the
Agent at its office located at the address set forth


<PAGE>


in the preceding  sentence to be credited to the account of the Borrower at such
office of the  Agent or wired to an  account  designated  by the  Borrower.  All
Revolving  Loans  shall  be  paid in full to the  Agent  on the  Revolving  Loan
Commitment Termination Date.

           Unless  the Agent  shall  have been  notified  by any Bank prior to a
Funding Date that such Bank does not intend to make  available to the Agent such
Bank's Pro Rata Share of the Revolving Loan requested on such Funding Date to be
made to the  Borrower,  the Agent may assume that such Bank has made such amount
available  to the  Agent on such  Funding  Date and the Agent  may,  in its sole
discretion,  but shall not be  obligated  to, make  available  to the Borrower a
corresponding  amount on such Funding Date. If such corresponding  amount is not
in fact made available to the Agent by such Bank, the Agent shall be entitled to
recover  such  corresponding  amount on demand  from  such  Bank  together  with
interest thereon, for each day from such Funding Date until the date such amount
is paid to the Agent,  at the customary rate set by the Agent for the correction
of errors among banks for three (3) Business Days and  thereafter at the Federal
Funds Rate. If such Bank does not pay such  corresponding  amount forthwith upon
the Agent's  demand  therefor,  the Agent  shall  promptly  notify the  Borrower
thereof and the Borrower shall immediately pay such corresponding  amount to the
Agent together with interest thereon,  for each day from such Funding Date until
the date such  amount is paid to the Agent,  at the  interest  rate borne by the
particular  Revolving  Loan.  Nothing  in this  Section  2.1D shall be deemed to
relieve any Bank from its  obligation to fulfill its Revolving  Loan  Commitment
hereunder or to prejudice any rights that the Borrower may have against any Bank
as a result of any default by such Bank  hereunder.  In the event any Bank gives
notice to the Agent that such Bank does not intend to fund its Pro Rata Share of
any Revolving Loan to be made to the Borrower or in the event any Bank otherwise
fails  to fund  its  Pro  Rata  Share  of any  Revolving  Loan to be made to the
Borrower,  the Agent shall  promptly  notify the other Banks and the Borrower of
the occurrence of any such event.

           2.2. Interest on the Revolving Loans.

           2.2A. Rates of Interest.  Subject to the  provisions of Sections 2.2G
and 2.6 hereof,  each Revolving Loan made to the Borrower shall bear interest on
the unpaid principal amount thereof from the date made through maturity (whether
by  acceleration  or  otherwise)  at either  the Base Rate or the LIBOR  Rate as
provided  below,  as the case may be. The applicable  basis for  determining the
rate of interest with respect to Revolving  Loans made to the Borrower  shall be
selected by the Borrower  initially at the time a Request for Revolving  Loan is
delivered  to  the  Agent  pursuant  to  Section  2.1A  hereof.  The  basis  for
determining  the interest  rate with respect to any  Revolving  Loan made to the
Borrower may be changed from time to time pursuant to Section 2.2D hereof. If on
any day a Revolving  Loan is  outstanding  to the Borrower with respect to which
notice has not been delivered to the Banks in accordance  with the terms of this
Loan  Agreement  specifying  the applicable  basis for  determining  the rate of
interest to apply to such Revolving Loan then, for that day, that Revolving Loan
shall be deemed a Base Rate Loan and shall bear interest at the Base Rate.


<PAGE>


                Subject to the  provisions  of  Sections  2.6B and 2.6C  hereof,
      Revolving Loans shall bear interest through maturity as follows:

                     (i) If a Base Rate Loan,  then at a rate per annum equal to
           the Base Rate;

                     (ii) If a LIBOR Rate Loan,  then at a rate per annum  equal
           to the LIBOR  Rate;  provided  that,  on each Date of  Determination,
           commencing with the first such date to occur after the Effective Date
           the  Applicable  LIBOR Rate Margin in effect for the  Pricing  Period
           commencing on such Date of Determination  and continuing for the term
           of the Pricing Period that begins on such Date of Determination shall
           be the  Applicable  LIBOR Rate  Margin  corresponding  to the Pricing
           Level in effect for such Pricing Period, as applicable:

                                          Applicable
           Pricing Level                  LIBOR Rate Margin

           Pricing Level I                .575%
           Pricing Level II               .625%
           Pricing Level III              .675%
           Pricing Level IV               .725%
           Pricing Level V                .825%

                Notwithstanding  anything in the foregoing to the  contrary,  if
      any Compliance  Certificate  delivered by the Borrower  demonstrating  the
      appropriate  Pricing Level shall prove to be incorrect  (as  determined by
      reference to the  Borrower's  financial  statements  or  otherwise),  such
      Compliance  Certificate shall no longer be in effect,  and the Banks shall
      notify  the  Borrower  of  such  incorrectness  and  shall  calculate  the
      difference between the amount of interest actually paid by the Borrower on
      the  basis of such  incorrect  Compliance  Certificate  and the  amount of
      interest  which  would  have  been  due  had  such  incorrect   Compliance
      Certificate not been delivered. The Agent shall notify the Borrower of the
      amount of such difference, if any, in a statement setting forth the method
      of  calculation  of such  amount  (which  calculation,  in the  absence of
      demonstrable  error,  shall be deemed  correct) and the Borrower shall pay
      such amount to the Agent,  for the benefit of the Banks,  within three (3)
      Business Days of such notice.

           2.2B. LIBOR Interest Periods. In connection with each LIBOR Rate Loan
made to the Borrower,  the Borrower  may,  pursuant to the Request for Revolving
Loan or  Notice  of  Conversion/Continuation,  as the  case  may be,  select  an
interest period (each an "Interest  Period") to be applicable to such LIBOR Rate
Loan, which Interest Period shall be at the Borrower's option either a one, two,
three or six month period, provided that:


<PAGE>


                     (i) the  initial  Interest  Period  for any LIBOR Rate Loan
           made to the Borrower shall commence on the Funding Date of such LIBOR
           Rate Loan, in the case of a Revolving  Loan initially made as a LIBOR
           Rate  Loan,  or on the date  specified  in the  applicable  Notice of
           Conversion/Continuation, in the case of a Base Rate Loan converted to
           a LIBOR Rate Loan;

                     (ii) in the case of immediately successive Interest Periods
           applicable  to a LIBOR Rate Loan made to the  Borrower  continued  as
           such  pursuant  to  a  Notice  of  Conversion/   Continuation,   each
           successive  Interest  Period  shall  commence on the day on which the
           next preceding Interest Period expires;

                     (iii) if an Interest Period would otherwise expire on a day
           that is not a Business Day, such Interest  Period shall expire on the
           next succeeding  Business Day;  provided that, if any Interest Period
           would  otherwise  expire on a day that is not a Business Day but is a
           day of the month after which no further  Business  Day occurs in such
           month,  such  Interest  Period  shall  expire  on the next  preceding
           Business Day;

                     (iv) any Interest  Period that begins on the last  Business
           Day  of a  calendar  month  (or  on a  day  for  which  there  is  no
           numerically  corresponding  day in the  calendar  month at the end of
           such Interest Period) shall,  subject to clause (iii) of this Section
           2.2B, end on the last Business Day of a calendar month;

                     (v) there shall be no more than seven (7) Interest  Periods
           relating to the LIBOR Rate Loans made to the Borrower  outstanding at
           any time,  unless  there are Base Rate  Loans  outstanding,  in which
           event there shall be no more than six (6) Interest  Periods  relating
           to LIBOR Rate Loans outstanding at such time;

                     (vi) in the event the Borrower fails to specify an Interest
           Period in the particular  Request for Revolving Loan and/or Notice of
           Conversion/Continuation,   the  Borrower  shall  be  deemed  to  have
           selected an Interest Period of one month; and

                     (vii) no  Interest  Period  shall  extend  beyond  the then
           stated maturity date of the Revolver.

           2.2C. Interest Payments.  Subject to the  provisions  of Section 2.2E
hereof, interest shall be payable on the Revolving Loans made to the Borrower as
follows:

                     (i)  interest  on each Base Rate Loan  shall be  payable in
           arrears on the last day of each Fiscal  Quarter,  upon any prepayment
           or repayment of any such Revolving Loan (to the extent accrued on the
           amount being prepaid or


<PAGE>


           repaid) and at maturity (including final maturity);  all the interest
           on the Base Rate Loans shall be computed based upon the actual number
           of days  elapsed  over an assumed  year of three  hundred  sixty-five
           -(365) or three hundred sixty-six (366) days; and

                     (ii)  interest  on each LIBOR Rate Loan shall be payable in
           arrears on the last day of an Interest Period, if the Interest Period
           is one,  two or three  months,  or shall be payable in arrears on the
           three month  anniversary of each Interest  Period and on the last day
           of the Interest Period if the Interest Period is six months, upon the
           date of any  prepayment  or repayment of such LIBOR Rate Loan (to the
           extent accrued on the amount being prepaid or repaid) and at maturity
           (including final maturity);  all the interest on the LIBOR Rate Loans
           shall be computed  based upon the actual  number of days elapsed over
           an assumed year of three hundred sixty (360) days.

           2.2D.Conversion or Continuation. Subject to the provisions of Section
2.6 hereof, the Borrower shall have the option (i) to convert at any time all or
any part of  outstanding  Revolving  Loans made to the Borrower  from  Revolving
Loans  bearing  interest  at a rate  determined  by  reference  to one  basis to
Revolving  Loans  bearing  interest  at a rate  determined  by  reference  to an
alternative basis, or (ii) upon the expiration of any Interest Period applicable
to a LIBOR Rate Loan made to the  Borrower,  to  continue  all or any portion of
such LIBOR Rate Loan as a LIBOR Rate Loan, and the succeeding Interest Period of
such  continued  LIBOR Rate Loan shall  commence  on the last day of the current
Interest Period with respect  thereto;  provided  however that a LIBOR Rate Loan
may  only be  converted  into a Base  Rate  Loan on the  expiration  date of the
Interest Period applicable thereto.

                The Borrower  shall deliver a Notice of  Conversion/Continuation
      to the Agent no later than 10:30 A.M.  (Louisville,  Kentucky time) on the
      same Business Day in advance of the proposed  conversion/continuation date
      (in the case of a  conversion  to a Base Rate Loan) and at least three (3)
      Business Days in advance of the proposed  conversion/continuation date (in
      the case of a conversion to, or a  continuation  of, a LIBOR Rate Loan). A
      Notice  of   Conversion/Continuation   shall   specify  (i)  the  proposed
      conversion/continuation  date (which  shall be a Business  Day),  (ii) the
      amount of the Revolving Loan to be  converted/continued,  (iii) the nature
      of the proposed conversion/continuation,  (iv) in the case of a conversion
      to, or continuation of, a LIBOR Rate Loan, the requested  Interest Period,
      and (v) in the case of a conversion to, or a continuation of, a LIBOR Rate
      Loan, that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.  In lieu of
      delivering  the  above-described  Notice of  Conversion/Continuation,  the
      Borrower may give the Banks telephonic  notice by the required time of any
      proposed  conversion/continuation  under this Section 2.2D;  provided that
      such notice shall be promptly confirmed in writing by delivery of a Notice
      of  Conversion/Continuation  to  the  Agent  on  or  before  the  proposed
      conversion/continuation date.


<PAGE>


                Neither the Agent nor the Bank shall incur any  liability to the
      Borrower in acting upon any telephonic  notice  referred to above that the
      Agent  believes in good faith to have been given by an Authorized  Officer
      of the Borrower or for  otherwise  acting in good faith under this Section
      2.2D, and upon  conversion or  continuation  of the  applicable  basis for
      determining  the interest rate with respect to any Revolving Loans made to
      the Borrower in accordance  with this Loan Agreement  pursuant to any such
      telephonic  notice,  the  Borrower  shall have  effected a  conversion  or
      continuation, as the case may be, hereunder.

                Except as  otherwise  provided in Sections  2.6B,  2.6C and 2.6F
      hereof,  a  Notice  of  Conversion/Continuation   for  conversion  to,  or
      continuation of, a LIBOR Rate Loan (or telephonic  notice in lieu thereof)
      shall be irrevocable on and after the related Interest Rate  Determination
      Date  and the  Borrower  shall  be  bound  to  effect  the  conversion  or
      continuation in accordance therewith.

           2.2E. Post-Maturity Interest. All installments of accrued interest on
and all unpaid  principal of the Revolving  Notes not paid to the Banks when due
or  within  fifteen  (15)  days  thereafter   shall  bear  interest   (including
post-petition  interest in any  proceeding  under the  Bankruptcy  Code or other
applicable  Bankruptcy laws) at the Default Rate until such overdue installments
of accrued  interest and unpaid  principal  have been paid in full to the Banks.
Payment or acceptance of the  increased  rates of interest  provided for in this
Section  2.2E is not a  permitted  alternative  to timely  payment and shall not
constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise  prejudice or limit any
rights or remedies of the Agent or any Bank.

           2.2F. Computation of Interest. In computing interest on any Revolving
Loan made to the Borrower,  the date of the making of such Revolving Loan or the
first day of an  Interest  Period  applicable  to such  Revolving  Loan or, with
respect to a Base Rate Loan being  converted from a LIBOR Rate Loan, the date of
conversion  of such LIBOR Rate Loan to such Base Rate Loan,  as the case may be,
shall  be  included,  and the  date of  payment  of such  Revolving  Loan or the
expiration date of an Interest Period applicable to such Revolving Loan or, with
respect to a Base Rate Loan being  converted  to a LIBOR Rate Loan,  the date of
conversion  of such Base Rate Loan to such LIBOR  Rate Loan  shall be  excluded;
provided that if a Revolving Loan is repaid on the same day on which it is made,
one day's interest shall be paid on that Revolving Loan.

           2.2G. Special Provisions Governing Federal Funds Rate.

                (i) Federal  Funds Rate  Unascertainable.  In the event that, on
      any date on which a Federal  Funds Rate would  otherwise be set, the Agent
      shall have determined (which  determination shall be final and conclusive)
      that,  by reason of  circumstances  affecting the reporting of the average
      national  federal  funds rate by the Federal  Reserve  Bank of New York or
      such other agency then reporting such rate,  reasonable means do not exist
      for  ascertaining  the  Federal  Funds  Rate,  the Agent shall give prompt
      notice of


<PAGE>


      such  determination  to the Borrower and to the Banks and, until the Agent
      notifies the Borrower and the Banks that the circumstances  giving rise to
      such determination no longer exist, all Base Rate Loans then or thereafter
      outstanding shall bear interest at the Prime Rate.

                     (ii) Impracticability of Offering Federal Funds Rate by Any
           Bank. In the event that any Bank shall determine, in good faith, that
           it is impracticable or impossible for such Bank to offer funds to the
           Borrower  at  the  Federal  Funds  Rate  because  changes  in  market
           conditions  and/or in such Bank's cost of funds  occurring  after the
           Closing  Date have made it not  feasible for such Bank to realize the
           anticipated and bargained-for-yield  hereunder,  then such Bank shall
           be an "Affected  Bank"  hereunder and shall promptly notify the Agent
           of such impracticability. The Agent upon receipt of such notice shall
           notify the Borrower  that all Base Rate Loans from the Affected  Bank
           shall  thereafter  bear  interest at the Prime Rate.  Nothing in this
           Section  2.2G(ii)  shall affect the obligation of any Bank other than
           an  Affected  Bank to make or  maintain  Revolving  Loans  as,  or to
           convert  Revolving  Loans to, Base Rate Loans in accordance  with the
           other terms of this Loan Agreement.

           2.3.  Fees.

           2.3A. Revolver Commitment  Fee. The Borrower agrees to pay the Agent,
           for the  benefit  of the  Banks in  proportion  to  their  respective
           Commitment  Fee Pro Rata  Shares,  commitment  fees (the  "Commitment
           Fees") for the period from and including  the  Effective  Date to and
           excluding the Revolving Loan Commitment  Termination  Date,  equal to
           the average of the daily excess of the Revolving Loan Commitments (as
           reduced pursuant to Section 2.4C hereof) over the aggregate principal
           amount of Revolving Loans plus the Letter of Credit Usage  multiplied
           by the Applicable  Revolver  Commitment Fee per annum. The Commitment
           Fees  shall be  calculated  on the  basis of a  360-day  year and the
           actual  number of days  elapsed  and shall be  payable  quarterly  in
           arrears on the last day of each  Fiscal  Quarter,  commencing  on the
           first  such  day  to  occur  after  the  Effective  Date,  and on the
           Revolving Loan Commitment  Termination  Date. The Borrower shall have
           no liability to any Banks for any  Commitment  Fees paid to the Agent
           which the Agent does not properly  remit to such Banks,  and any such
           Bank's sole remedy in respect thereof shall be against the Agent. The
           Applicable  Revolver  Commitment Fee in effect for the Pricing Period
           commencing on the first day of each Fiscal Quarter and continuing for
           the term of the Fiscal  Quarter  that begins on such first day of the
           Fiscal  Quarter  shall  be the  Applicable  Revolver  Commitment  Fee
           corresponding  to the  Pricing  Level in effect for such  period,  as
           applicable

<PAGE>
                                           Applicable Revolver
           Pricing Levels                     Commitment Fee

           Pricing Level I                          .150%
           Pricing Level II                         .175%
           Pricing Level III                        .200%
           Pricing Level IV                         .225%
           Pricing Level V                          .250%

           Provided  that, on each Date of  Determination,  commencing  with the
first  such  date to occur  after the  Effective  Date the  Applicable  Revolver
Commitment  Fee in effect  for the  Pricing  Period  commencing  on such Date of
Determination  and  continuing for the term of the Pricing Period that begins on
such Date of  Determination  shall be the  Applicable  Revolver  Commitment  Fee
corresponding  to the  Pricing  Level in  effect  for such  Pricing  Period,  as
applicable.

           2.3B. Other Fees.  The Borrower  agrees to pay to the Agent such fees
for serving as the Agent  hereunder in the amounts and at the times agreed to in
writing between the Borrower and the Agent.

           2.4.  Prepayments and Payments; Reductions in Revolving Loan.

           2.4A. Prepayments.

      (i) Voluntary  Prepayments  of Revolving  Loans Made to the Borrower.  The
Borrower may at any time prepay  Revolving  Loans by giving to the Agent, in the
case of Base Rate  Loans,  notice of  intent to prepay  such Base Rate  Loans by
11:00 A.M.  Louisville,  Kentucky time on the date the Borrower elects to prepay
such Base Rate Loans and, in the case of LIBOR Rate  Loans,  notice of intent to
prepay by 11:00 A.M.,  Louisville,  Kentucky  time one (1) Business Day prior to
the date the Borrower  elects to prepay such LIBOR Rate Loans (which  notice the
Agent will  promptly  transmit by  telecopy,  telex or  telephone to each Bank),
provided that each such  prepayment  shall be in a minimum amount of Two Hundred
Fifty Thousand Dollars  ($250,000.00)  and integral  multiples of Fifty Thousand
Dollars  ($50,000.00)  in excess of that  amount;  provided  further that in the
event that the Borrower  prepays a LIBOR Rate Loan pursuant to this Section 2.4A
or pays a LIBOR Rate Loan pursuant to any other  Section of this Loan  Agreement
on a date  that  is  other  than  the  expiration  date of the  Interest  Period
applicable  thereto,  the Borrower  shall  compensate  the Banks  receiving such
prepayments  in accordance  with the  provisions of Section 2.6D hereof.  If the
Borrower has given notice of prepayment as  aforesaid,  the principal  amount of
the Revolving Loans specified in such notice shall become due and payable on the
prepayment date specified therein.

      (ii)  Mandatory  Prepayments.  The Borrower shall from time to time prepay
the Revolving  Loans to the extent  necessary to give effect to the  limitations
set forth in Section 2.1A hereof.


<PAGE>


           All  prepayments of the Revolving Loans made to the Borrower shall be
applied  to the  outstanding  Revolving  Loans  in the  manner  directed  by the
Borrower  and, if no direction  is given by the Borrower to the Agent,  first to
Base Rate Loans to the full extent thereof and then to LIBOR Rate Loans.

           2.4B. General Provisions Regarding Payments.

      (i) Manner and Time of Payment.  Except as provided in Section 2.7 hereof,
all payments by the Borrower of principal, interest and fees hereunder and under
the Revolving Notes shall be made without  defense,  setoff and counterclaim and
in same day  funds  and  delivered  to the  Agent  not  later  than  12:00  Noon
(Louisville,  Kentucky  time) on the date due at its office  located at 500 West
Jefferson  Street,  Louisville,  Kentucky,  for the account of the Banks.  Funds
received  by the Agent  after that time shall be deemed to have been paid by the
Borrower on the next succeeding Business Day. The Borrower hereby authorizes the
Agent to charge its accounts with the Agent in order to cause timely  payment to
be made to the Agent of all principal,  interest and fees due hereunder (subject
to sufficient funds being available in its account for that purpose).

      (ii)  Apportionment  of Payments.  The Agent shall apportion all principal
and  interest  payments  made  by the  Borrower  to the  payment  in full of all
outstanding  Revolving  Loans,  in  each  case  proportionately  to  the  Banks'
respective Pro Rata Shares.  Subject to the penultimate sentence of Section 2.7E
hereof, the Agent (or, in the case of payments received by PNC from the Borrower
after  payments  have been made to PNC by the Banks  pursuant  to  Section  2.7E
hereof,  PNC) shall promptly  distribute to each Bank at its primary address set
forth  below its name on the  appropriate  signature  page  hereof or such other
address as any Bank may request,  its share of all such payments received by the
Agent (or PNC in respect of  Letters of Credit,  including  all Letter of Credit
Fees) and the  Commitment  Fees of such Bank when received by the Agent pursuant
to Section 2.3A hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section
2.4B(ii),  if, pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.6C hereof,  any Notice of
Conversion/Continuation  is withdrawn as to any Affected Bank or if any Affected
Bank makes Base Rate Loans to the  Borrower in lieu of its Pro Rata Share of any
LIBOR Rate Loans,  the Agent shall give effect thereto in apportioning  payments
received  thereafter.  The Borrower  shall have no liability to any Bank for any
payments made to the Agent which the Agent does not properly remit to such Bank,
and any such Bank's sole remedy in respect thereof shall be against the Agent.

      (iii) Payments on Business Days. Whenever any payment to be made hereunder
or under the  Revolving  Notes  shall be stated to be due on a day that is not a
Business Day, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day and
such  extension of time shall be included in the  computation  of the payment of
interest  hereunder  or under  the  Revolving  Notes or of the  Commitment  Fees
hereunder, as the case may be.

           2.4C. Voluntary  Reductions  of  Revolving  Loan  Commitments.   The
Borrower  shall  have  the  right,  at any  time  and  from  time to  time,  to
terminate in whole or permanently  reduce in part,  without premium or penalty,
the Revolving Loan Commitments in an amount up


<PAGE>


to the  amount  by  which  the  Revolving  Loan  Commitments  exceed  the  Total
Utilization of Revolving Loan Commitments. The Borrower shall give not less than
five (5) Business Days' prior written notice to the Agent  designating  the date
(which shall be a Business Day) of such  termination or reduction and the amount
of any partial  reduction  of the  Revolving  Loan  Commitments.  Within one (1)
Business Day after receipt of a notice of such termination or partial reduction,
the Agent shall notify each Bank of the proposed termination or reduction.  Such
termination  or partial  reduction of the Revolving  Loan  Commitments  shall be
effective on the date  specified in the  Borrower's  notice and shall reduce the
Revolving Loan Commitment of each Bank in proportion to its Pro Rata Share.  Any
such  partial  reduction  of  the  Revolving  Loan  Commitments  shall  be in an
aggregate minimum amount of Five Million Dollars  ($5,000,000.00),  and integral
multiples of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) in excess of that amount.

           2.5.  Use of Proceeds.

           2.5A. Revolving Loans and  Letters of  Credit.  The  proceeds  of the
Revolving  Loans shall be used by the Borrower for its working capital and other
general  corporate  purposes,  including  but not  limited  to, at the option of
Borrower,  Permitted  Acquisitions  and repayments and prepayments of the Senior
Notes.  The  Letters of Credit  shall be used for  general  corporate  purposes,
including,  without limitation, to secure the Borrower's legal obligations under
bonds,  permits,  licenses  and  contracts  to which the  Borrower is a party or
otherwise subject.

           2.5B. Margin Regulations. No portion of the proceeds of any Revolving
Loans shall be used by the  Borrower in any manner  which might cause the making
of the Revolving  Loans or the  application  of the proceeds  thereof to violate
Regulation  G,  Regulation  U,  Regulation  T, or  Regulation  X of the Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any other regulation of such Board or
to violate the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, in each case as in effect on
the date or dates of the making of any such  Revolving  Loan and such use of the
proceeds  thereof.  If requested by any Bank,  the  Borrower  shall  execute and
deliver to such Bank a completed Federal Reserve Form U-1.

           2.6. Special Provisions  Governing LIBOR Rate Loans.  Notwithstanding
any other  provision  of this Loan  Agreement  to the  contrary,  the  following
provisions  shall  govern  with  respect to LIBOR  Rate Loans as to the  matters
covered:

           2.6A. Determination  of   Applicable   Interest   Rate.  As  soon  as
practicable  after 10:00 A.M.  Louisville,  Kentucky  time on each Interest Rate
Determination Date, the Agent shall furnish to the Borrower a best efforts quote
of the Adjusted LIBOR Rate to apply to the particular LIBOR Rate Loan. The Agent
will in  addition  confirm to the  Borrower  and each Bank in writing the actual
Adjusted LIBOR Rate on the Funding Date of the  particular  LIBOR Rate Loan, and
the  determination  of each Adjusted LIBOR Rate by the Agent,  provided that the
Agent shall have  determined  the  Adjusted  LIBOR Rate in good faith,  shall be
final, conclusive


<PAGE>


and binding  upon all parties in the absence of manifest or  demonstrable  error
and shall apply to the particular  LIBOR Rate Loan for the  applicable  Interest
Period.

           2.6B. Inability to Determine  Applicable  Interest Rate. In the event
that the Agent shall have determined in good faith (which determination shall be
final and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto),  on any Interest Rate
Determination Date or Funding Date with respect to any LIBOR Rate Loans, that by
reason  of  circumstances  occurring  after  the  date  of this  Loan  Agreement
affecting the London interbank market,  adequate and fair means do not exist for
ascertaining  the interest rate applicable to such LIBOR Rate Loans on the basis
provided for in the  definition of Adjusted  LIBOR Rate, the Agent shall on such
date give  notice (by  telecopy  or by  telephone  confirmed  in writing) to the
Borrower and each Bank of such  determination,  whereupon (i) no Revolving Loans
may be made as, or  converted  to, LIBOR Rate Loans until such time as the Agent
notifies the Borrower and the Banks that the  circumstances  giving rise to such
notice no longer exist; (ii) any Notice of Conversion/Continuation  given by the
Borrower  with  respect  to  the  Revolving  Loans  in  respect  of  which  such
determination  was made shall be deemed to be  rescinded  by the  Borrower,  and
(iii) any Request For  Revolving  Loan given by the Borrower with respect to the
Revolving Loans in respect of which such  determination was made shall be deemed
to be a request to make Base Rate Loans.

           2.6C. Illegality or Impracticability of LIBOR Rate Loans.In the event
that  on  any  date  any  Bank  shall  have  determined  in  good  faith  (which
determination  shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto
but shall be made only after  consultation with the Borrower and the Agent) that
the making,  maintaining or  continuation of its LIBOR Rate Loans (i) has become
unlawful  as a result of  compliance  by such Bank in good  faith  with any law,
treaty,  governmental  rule,  regulation,  guideline or order (or would conflict
with any such  treaty,  governmental  rule,  regulation,  guideline or order not
having the force of law even though the failure to comply therewith would not be
unlawful) or (ii) has become  impracticable,  or would cause such Bank  material
hardship,  as a result of  contingencies  occurring  after the date of this Loan
Agreement which  materially and adversely  affect the London interbank market or
the position of such Bank in that market, then, and in any such event, such Bank
shall be an "Affected  Bank" and it shall as soon as practicable but in no event
later than the next  Business  Day give  notice  (by  telecopy  or by  telephone
confirmed in writing) to the Borrower and the Agent of such determination (which
notice the Agent shall promptly  transmit to each other Bank).  Thereafter,  (a)
the  obligation of the Affected Bank to make  Revolving  Loans as, or to convert
Revolving  Loans to, LIBOR Rate Loans shall be suspended until such notice shall
be withdrawn by the Affected Bank, (b) to the extent such  determination  by the
Affected Bank relates to a LIBOR Rate Loan then being  requested by the Borrower
pursuant to a Request For Revolving Loan or a Notice of Conversion/Continuation,
the Affected Bank shall make such LIBOR Rate Loan as (or convert such LIBOR Rate
Loan to,  as the case may be) a Base  Rate  Loan,  and (c) the  Affected  Bank's
obligation to maintain its outstanding LIBOR Rate Loans, as the case may be (the
"Affected Loans"), shall be terminated at the earlier to occur of the expiration
of the Interest Period then in effect with respect to the Affected Loans or when
required by law, and the Affected  Loans shall  automatically  convert into Base
Rate Loans on the


<PAGE>


date of  such  termination.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  to the  extent  a
determination  by an Affected  Bank as described  above  relates to a LIBOR Rate
Loan then being  requested by the Borrower  pursuant to a Request For  Revolving
Loan or a Notice of Conversion/Continuation,  the Borrower shall have the option
to rescind such Request For Revolving Loan or Notice of  Conversion/Continuation
as to all the Banks by giving  notice (by telecopy or by telephone  confirmed in
writing) to the Agent of such  rescission on the date on which the Affected Bank
gives notice of its determination as described above (which notice of rescission
the Agent shall promptly transmit to each other Bank). Except as provided in the
immediately  preceding  sentence,  nothing in this Section 2.6C shall affect the
obligation of any Bank other than an Affected Bank to make or maintain Revolving
Loans as, or to convert  Revolving Loans to, LIBOR Rate Loans in accordance with
the terms of this Loan Agreement.

           2.6D. Compensation  For  Breakage  or  Non-Commencement  of  Interest
Periods. The Borrower shall compensate each Bank, within fifteen (15) days after
written  request  by that  Bank  (which  request  shall  set forth the basis for
requesting such amounts),  for all reasonable  losses,  expenses and liabilities
(including,  without  limitation,  any interest  paid by that Bank to lenders of
funds  borrowed  by it to make or carry its LIBOR Rate Loans and any  reasonable
loss,  expense  or  liability  sustained  by that  Bank in  connection  with the
liquidation or re-employment of such funds) which that Bank may sustain:  (i) if
for any  reason  (other  than a default by that Bank or the  conversion  of such
Bank's Request For Revolving Loan from a request to make LIBOR Rate Loans into a
request  to make Base Rate Loans  pursuant  to  Section  2.6B or 2.6C  hereof) a
borrowing of any LIBOR Rate Loan does not occur on a date specified  therefor in
a Request  For  Revolving  Loan or a  telephonic  request  for  borrowing,  or a
conversion  to or  continuation  of any LIBOR Rate Loan does not occur on a date
specified  therefor  in a  Notice  of  Conversion/Continuation  or a  telephonic
request for conversion or continuation,  (ii) if any prepayment or conversion of
any of its  LIBOR  Rate  Loans  occurs  on a date that is not the last day of an
Interest  Period  applicable to that LIBOR Rate Loan,  even if the Borrower gave
written  notice of the intended  prepayment to the Agent in accordance  with the
provisions of Section 2.1A hereof,  (iii) if any  prepayment of any of its LIBOR
Rate Loans is not made on any date specified in a notice of prepayment  given by
the Borrower,  or (iv) as a consequence  of any other default by the Borrower to
repay its LIBOR Rate Loans when  required  by the terms of this Loan  Agreement.
Each Bank seeking  compensation  from the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.6D
shall deliver to the Borrower a certificate setting forth the calculation of the
compensation  claimed to be due to such Bank  within  thirty (30) days after the
occurrence  of the  event  giving  rise to such  claim for  compensation,  which
calculations  shall be binding  upon the  Borrower in the absence of manifest or
demonstrable error

           2.6E. Booking of  LIBOR  Rate  Loans.  Any Bank  may  make,  carry or
transfer  LIBOR  Rate  Loans at,  to, or for the  account  of any of its  branch
offices or the office of an Affiliate of that Bank; provided however that if any
transfer  of LIBOR  Rate  Loans  from the  office  where  such  LIBOR Rate Loans
originated shall  materially and unreasonably  increase the cost to the Borrower
of such LIBOR Rate Loans,  such  transfer  may occur only if required (x) by the
introduction of or any change (including,  without limitation, any change by way
of


<PAGE>


imposition or increase of reserve  requirements) in or in the  interpretation of
any law or  regulation,  or (y) to comply with any guideline or request from any
central bank or other  governmental  authority or  quasi-governmental  authority
exercising  control over banks or financial  institutions  generally (whether or
not such guideline or request shall have the force of law).

           2.6F. LIBOR Rate Loans After Default. After the occurrence and during
the continuation of an Event of Default,  (i) the Borrower may not elect to have
a Revolving  Loan be made or  maintained  as, or converted to, a LIBOR Rate Loan
after the  expiration of any Interest  Period then in effect for that  Revolving
Loan,  (ii) subject to the  provisions  of Section 2.6D hereof,  any Request For
Revolving Loan or Notice of  Conversion/Continuation  given by the Borrower with
respect to a requested  borrowing  or  conversion/continuation  that has not yet
occurred  shall be deemed to be rescinded by the  Borrower,  and (iii) all LIBOR
Rate Loans and Base Rate Loans shall thereupon bear interest at the Default Rate
until the Event of Default is cured or the  Revolving  Loans are paid in full to
the  Banks  and the  Revolving  Loan  Commitments  have  expired  or  have  been
terminated by the Borrower or the Banks.

           2.7.  Letters of Credit.

           2.7A. Letters of Credit.  Subject to the terms and conditions of this
Loan  Agreement and in reliance upon the  representations  and warranties of the
Borrower set forth  herein,  the Borrower may request,  in  accordance  with the
provisions of this Section 2.7A,  that on and after the Closing Date,  PNC issue
Letters  of Credit for the  account  of the  Borrower  denominated  in  Dollars.
Issuances of Letters of Credit shall be subject to the following limitations:

                (i) The  Borrower may not  request  that PNC issue any Letter of
           Credit if, after giving effect to such issuance, (y) the total Letter
           of Credit Usage would exceed Ten Million  Dollars  ($10,000,000),  or
           (z) the Total  Utilization of Revolving Loan Commitments would exceed
           the Revolving  Loan  Commitments as the amount  available  under such
           Revolving Loan  Commitments may be limited from time to time pursuant
           to the second  paragraph  of Section  2.1A hereof or shall be reduced
           from time to time pursuant to Section 2.4C hereof.

                (ii) In no event shall PNC issue,  reissue,  amend or permit the
           extension  of: (y) any  Letter of Credit  having an  expiration  date
           later than the Revolving Loan Commitment  Termination  Date in effect
           at  the  time  of  issuance,   reissuance,   amendment  or  extension
           (automatic  or  otherwise)  thereof;  or (z) subject to the foregoing
           clause (y), any Letter of Credit having an expiration  date more than
           one year after its date of  issuance;  provided  that  subject to the
           foregoing  clause  (y),  this  clause (z) shall not  prevent PNC from
           agreeing  that a Letter  of Credit  will  automatically  be  extended
           annually for one or more periods each not to exceed


<PAGE>


           one year if PNC does not cancel such extension,  subject to the Banks
           extending the Revolving Loan Commitment Termination Date.

           It shall be a condition  precedent  to the  issuance of any Letter of
Credit in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.7 that each condition
set  forth in  Sections  3.2 and 3.3 of this  Loan  Agreement  shall  have  been
satisfied.

           Immediately  upon the  issuance of each  Letter of Credit,  each Bank
shall be deemed to, and hereby agrees to, have irrevocably  purchased from PNC a
participation  in such  Letter of Credit and  drawings  thereunder  in an amount
equal to such  Bank's Pro Rata Share of the  maximum  amount  which is or at any
time may become available to be drawn thereunder.

           Each Letter of Credit  shall  provide that it shall be subject to the
Uniform   Customs  and  Practice  of   Documentary   Credits  (1993   Revision),
International  Chamber of Commerce  Brochure No. 500, or any successor  thereto.
Each  Letter of Credit may provide  that PNC may (but shall not be required  to)
pay the  beneficiary  thereof upon the occurrence of an Event of Default and the
acceleration  of the maturity of the Revolving  Loans or, if payment is not then
due to the beneficiary, provide for the deposit of funds in an account to secure
payment to the  beneficiary and that any funds so deposited shall be paid to the
beneficiary  of the Letter of Credit if conditions to such payment are satisfied
or returned to PNC for  distribution to the Banks (or, if all Obligations  shall
have been  indefeasibly  paid in full,  to the  Borrower)  if no  payment to the
beneficiary  has been made and thirty  (30) days after the final date  available
for drawings  under the Letter of Credit has passed.  Each payment or deposit of
funds by PNC as provided in this paragraph  shall be treated for all purposes of
this Loan Agreement as a drawing duly honored by PNC under the related Letter of
Credit.

           2.7B. Notice of Issuance.  Whenever the Borrower desires the issuance
of a Letter of Credit,  the Borrower  shall  deliver to PNC an  Application  and
Agreement for Letter of Credit in the form of Exhibit C annexed  hereto no later
than 10:00 A.M. (Louisville,  Kentucky time) at least ten (10) Business Days, or
in each case such  shorter  period as may be agreed to by PNC in any  particular
instance,  in advance of the proposed  date of  issuance.  The  Application  and
Agreement  for Letter of Credit shall  specify (i) the proposed date of issuance
(which shall be a Business Day under the laws of the  Commonwealth of Kentucky),
(ii) the face amount of the Letter of Credit,  (iii) the expiration  date of the
Letter  of  Credit,  (iv) the name and  address  of the  beneficiary,  and (v) a
summary of the purpose and contemplated terms of such Letter of Credit. Prior to
the date of  issuance  of any Letter of Credit,  the  Borrower  shall  specify a
precise description of the documents and the proposed text of any certificate to
be presented by the beneficiary  under such Letter of Credit which, if presented
by the beneficiary  prior to the expiration date of the Letter of Credit,  would
require PNC to make payment  under the Letter of Credit;  provided  that PNC, in
its sole  reasonable  judgment,  may require  changes in any such  documents and
certificates;  provided  further that no Letter of Credit shall require  payment
against a conforming draft to be made thereunder on the same Business Day (under
the laws of the  Commonwealth  of Kentucky) that such draft is presented if such
presentation is made after


<PAGE>


11:00 A.M.  (Louisville,  Kentucky  time) on such Business  Day. In  determining
whether  to pay under any  Letter of Credit,  PNC shall be  responsible  only to
determine  that the documents and  certificates  required to be delivered  under
that  Letter of Credit  have been  delivered  and that they comply on their face
with the  requirements  of that  Letter of Credit;  provided,  further,  nothing
contained in this  Section  2.7B shall be deemed to  prejudice  the right of the
Borrower  to recover  from PNC in respect of any  amounts  paid by PNC under any
Letter  of Credit in the event  that it is  determined  by a court of  competent
jurisdiction  that the  payment  with  respect  to such  Letter of Credit by PNC
constituted gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of PNC.

           2.7C. Delivery of Copies of  Letters  of Credit  and Letter of Credit
Amendments.  PNC shall, promptly after the issuance of each Letter of Credit, or
any amendment or  cancellation  thereto,  furnish each other Bank with a copy of
such Letter of Credit or of such amendment or cancellation,  as the case may be,
together  with, in the case of the issuance of any Letter of Credit,  the amount
of their risk participation  therein,  which shall be each Bank's Pro Rata Share
of the stated amount of such Letter of Credit.

           2.7D. Payment of Amounts Drawn Under Letters of Credit.  In the event
of any drawing under any Letter of Credit by the beneficiary  thereof, PNC shall
promptly  notify the Borrower of such drawing,  and the Borrower shall reimburse
PNC on the date on which such  drawing is honored in an amount in same day funds
equal to the amount of such drawing. The Borrower shall have the right to obtain
a Revolving Loan (subject to the  limitations  set forth in Section 2.1A hereof)
in an amount sufficient to repay in full any such drawing honored by PNC under a
Letter of Credit.

           2.7E. Payment by Banks with Respect to Letters of Credit.In the event
that the Borrower shall fail to reimburse PNC as provided in Section 2.7D hereof
in an amount equal to the amount of any drawing honored by PNC under a Letter of
Credit issued by PNC, PNC shall  promptly  notify each Bank of the  unreimbursed
amount of such  drawing and of such  Bank's  respective  participation  therein,
which  participation  shall  be  equal  to such  Bank's  Pro  Rata  Share of the
unreimbursed  amount of such drawing.  Each Bank shall make  available to PNC an
amount equal to its respective  participation  in same day funds, at the offices
of PNC located at 500 West Jefferson  Street,  Louisville,  Kentucky,  not later
than 1:00 P.M.  (Louisville,  Kentucky time) on the Business Day (under the laws
of the  Commonwealth  of Kentucky) after the date notified by PNC, and each such
amount so made  available  by each Bank will be deemed a Revolving  Loan made by
such Bank to the Borrower  under this Loan  Agreement as of the date such amount
is so made  available to PNC. In the event that any Bank fails to make available
to PNC the  amount  of such  Bank's  participation  in such  Letter of Credit as
provided in this Section  2.7E,  PNC shall be entitled to recover such amount on
demand from such Bank together  with  interest at the customary  rate set by PNC
for the  correction of errors among banks for three Business Days and thereafter
at the  Federal  Funds  Rate.  Nothing  in this  Section  2.7 shall be deemed to
prejudice  the right of any Bank to recover from PNC any amounts made  available
by such  Bank to PNC  pursuant  to this  Section  2.7E in the  event  that it is
determined  by a court of  competent  jurisdiction  that the payment made by PNC
with respect to a Letter of Credit in


<PAGE>


respect  of  which  reimbursement  was  made  by  such  Bank  constituted  gross
negligence  or willful  misconduct  on the part of PNC. PNC shall  distribute to
each other Bank which has paid all amounts payable by it under this Section 2.7E
with  respect  to any Letter of Credit  issued by PNC such other  Banks Pro Rata
Share of all  payments  received by PNC from the  Borrower in  reimbursement  of
drawings  honored by PNC under such  Letter of Credit,  as the case may be, when
such payments are  received.  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary  herein,
each Bank which has paid all amounts payable by it under this Section 2.7E shall
have a direct right to reimbursement of such amounts from the Borrower,  subject
to the procedures for reimbursing Banks set forth in this Section 2.7.

           2.7F. Compensation.  The Borrower agrees to pay, without duplication,
the  following  amounts to PNC with respect to each such Letter of Credit issued
by PNC for the account of the Borrower:

                (i) With  respect to each  Letter  of  Credit a letter of credit
      issuance  fee payable to PNC equal to 1/8th of 1% per annum of the maximum
      amount  available  from  time to time to be drawn  under  such  Letter  of
      Credit, calculated on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of
      days  elapsed and payable in  immediately  available  funds  quarterly  in
      advance to PNC until the expiration of such Letter of Credit;

                (ii) With respect  to each Letter  of Credit a letter of credit
      fee (the "Letter of Credit Fee")  payable  to PNC for the   account of the
      Banks (and to be shared by the Banks as provided  in Section 2.7E  hereof)
      equal to the per annum Applicable Letter of Credit  Fee multiplied by the
      maximum  amount  available  from the time to  time to be drawn  under such
      Letter of Credit, calculated on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual
      number  of  days  elapsed  and  payable  in  immediately  available  funds
      quarterly in arrears on the first Business Day immediately  succeeding the
      last day of each Fiscal Quarter and  upon  expiration  of such  Letter  of
      Credit; provided, however, upon the occurrence and during the continuation
      of any Event of Default, the Letter of Credit Fee shall  equal two percent
      (2%)per annum  plus the  Applicable  Letter of Credit Fee in effect on the
      date of the occurrence of such Event of Default;

           On each Date of Determination, commencing with the first such date to
occur after December 31, 1998, the Applicable Letter of Credit Fee in effect for
the Pricing Period  commencing on such Date of Determination  and continuing for
the term of the Pricing Period that begins on such Date of  Determination  shall
be the  Applicable  Letter of Credit Fee  corresponding  to the Pricing Level in
effect for such Pricing Period, as follows:

 <PAGE>
                                           Applicable
           Pricing Level               Letter of Credit Fee

           Pricing Level I                     .575%
           Pricing Level II                    .625%
           Pricing Level III                   .675%
           Pricing Level IV                    .725%
           Pricing Level V                     .825%

                (iii) With  respect to drawings made under any Letter of Credit,
      interest,  payable in immediately available funds to PNC on demand, on the
      amount paid by PNC in respect of each drawing from the date of the drawing
      through the date such amount is  reimbursed  by the Borrower at a variable
      rate  equal to the Base Rate then in effect  for Base Rate  Loans  made or
      available to be made to the Borrower;

                (iv) With respect to the issuance, amendment or transfer of each
      Letter  of  Credit  and each  drawing  made  thereunder,  documentary  and
      processing  charges  payable  to PNC in  accordance  with  PNC's  standard
      schedule  for  such  charges  in  effect  at the  time of  such  issuance,
      amendment, transfer or drawing, as the case may be; and

                (v)  Promptly  upon  receipt  by PNC of the amount  described in
      subsections  (ii) and (iii) of this Section 2.7F, PNC shall  distribute to
      each Bank its pro rata share of such amount.

           2.7G. Obligations Absolute.  Subject to the right of the Borrower and
the Banks to seek  damages in the event that a court of  competent  jurisdiction
determines  that PNC acted in bad faith and/or  committed  gross  negligence  or
willful  misconduct in honoring any draft  presented  under any Letter of Credit
issued by PNC, the obligation of the Borrower to reimburse PNC for drawings made
under such Letter of Credit and the  obligation  of the Banks under Section 2.7E
hereof to reimburse  PNC in  accordance  with their Pro Rata Shares for drawings
made under such Letter of Credit  shall be  unconditional  and  irrevocable  and
shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Loan Agreement under
all circumstances including, without limitation, the following circumstances:

      (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of such Letter of Credit;

      (ii) the existence of any claim, set-off, defense or other right which the
Borrower may have at any time against a  beneficiary  or any  transferee of such
Letter of Credit (or any  Persons for whom any such  transferee  may be acting),
the Agent,  any Bank or any other Person,  whether in connection  with this Loan
Agreement,  the transactions  contemplated  herein or any unrelated  transaction
(including any underlying  transaction  between the Borrower and the beneficiary
for which such Letter of Credit was procured);


<PAGE>


      (iii) any draft, demand, certificate or any other document presented under
such Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent,  invalid or insufficient
in any  respect or any  statement  therein  being  untrue or  inaccurate  in any
respect;

      (iv) payment by PNC under such Letter of Credit against  presentation of a
demand,  draft or  certificate  or other document which does not comply with the
terms of such Letter of Credit;

      (v) any other  circumstance or happening  whatsoever,  which is similar to
any of the foregoing; or

      (vi) the fact that an Event of  Default  or a  Potential  Event of Default
under this Loan Agreement shall have occurred and be continuing.

           As between the Borrower  and PNC,  the Borrower  assumes all risks of
the acts and  omissions of, or misuse of the Letters of Credit issued by PNC for
the account of the Borrower by, the respective  beneficiaries of such Letters of
Credit. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing,  PNC shall not be
responsible: (i) for the form, validity,  sufficiency,  accuracy, genuineness or
legal  effect of any  document  submitted  by any party in  connection  with the
application  for and  issuance of such  Letters of Credit,  even if it should in
fact  prove  to be in any or all  respects  invalid,  insufficient,  inaccurate,
fraudulent or forged;  (ii) for the validity or  sufficiency  of any  instrument
transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign any such letter of
Credit or the rights or benefits  thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in
part,  which may prove to be invalid or  ineffective  for any reason;  (iii) for
failure of the  beneficiary  of any such  Letter of Credit to comply  fully with
conditions  required  in order to draw upon  such  Letter  of  Credit;  (iv) for
errors,  omissions,  interruptions  or delays in transmission or delivery of any
messages, by mail, cable, telegraph, telex or otherwise,  whether or not they be
in cipher;  (v) for errors in  interpretation  of technical terms;  (vi) for any
loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order
to make a drawing  under any such Letter of Credit or of the  proceeds  thereof;
(vii) for the  misapplication by the beneficiary of any such Letter of Credit of
the  proceeds  of any drawing  under such  Letter of Credit;  and (viii) for any
consequences  arising from causes beyond the control of PNC, including,  without
limitation, any act or omission, whether rightful or wrongful, of any present or
future government agency or authority.  None of the above shall affect,  impair,
or prevent  the  vesting of any of PNC's  rights or powers  hereunder;  provided
however,  that PNC shall be  responsible  for any  payment  PNC makes  under any
Letter of Credit against presentation of a demand, draft or certificate or other
document  which does not comply  with the terms of such  Letter of Credit in the
event such payment constitutes bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct
of PNC as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction.

           In  furtherance  and  extension and not in limitation of the specific
provisions  herein above set forth,  any action taken or omitted by PNC under or
in  connection  with  the  Letters  of  Credit  issued  by  it  or  the  related
certificates, if taken or omitted in good faith and without bad


<PAGE>


faith,  gross  negligence  or  willful  misconduct,  shall not put PNC under any
resulting liability to the Borrower or the Banks.

           Notwithstanding  anything to the  contrary  contained in this Section
2.7, the Borrower  shall have no  obligation  to indemnify PNC in respect of any
liability  incurred  by PNC arising out of the bad faith,  gross  negligence  or
willful  misconduct of PNC, as determined by a court of competent  jurisdiction,
or out of the wrongful  dishonor by PNC of proper  demand for payment made under
the Letters of Credit issued by it.

           2.7H. Computation of  Interest.  Interest  payable  pursuant  to this
Section  2.7 shall be  computed  on the basis of a 360-day  year and the  actual
number of days elapsed in the period during which it accrues.

           2.7I. Amendments. The Borrower may request that PNC enter into one or
more  amendments  of any Letter of Credit  issued by PNC for the  account of the
Borrower by delivering to PNC an Application  and Agreement For Letter of Credit
specifying  (i) the  proposed  date of the  amendment,  and (ii)  the  requested
amendment.  PNC shall be entitled to enter into  amendments  with respect to the
Letters  of  Credit  issued  by it;  provided  however  that any such  amendment
extending  the expiry  date,  changing the letter of Credit Fee  Percentage,  or
increasing  the stated amount of any Letter of Credit shall only be permitted if
PNC would be  permitted  to issue a new Letter of Credit  having  such an expiry
date,  different  Letter of Credit Fee  Percentage,  or stated amount under this
Section 2.7 on the date of the amendment.

           2.8.  Increased Costs; Taxes; Capital Adequacy.

           2.8A. Compensation for Increased  Costs and Taxes.  In the event that
any Bank  shall  determine  in good faith  (which  determination  shall,  absent
manifest or  demonstrable  error,  be final and  conclusive and binding upon all
parties hereto) that any law, treaty or governmental rule,  regulation or order,
or any change therein or in the  interpretation,  administration  or application
thereof (including the introduction of any new law, treaty or governmental rule,
regulation or order), or any determination of a court or governmental authority,
in each case that becomes effective after the date hereof, or compliance by such
Bank with any  guideline,  request  or  directive  issued or made after the date
hereof  by  any  central  bank  or  other  governmental  or   quasi-governmental
authority,  and which has the force of law and first becomes effective after the
Closing Date:

      (i)  subjects  such  Bank  (or  its  applicable  lending  office)  to  any
additional  Covered  Tax  with  respect  to this  Loan  Agreement  or any of the
Revolving  Loans or any of its  obligations  hereunder,  or changes the basis of
taxation  of  payments  to such  Bank  (or its  applicable  lending  office)  of
principal, interest, fees or any other amount payable hereunder (but not changes
in Excluded Taxes);


<PAGE>


      (ii)  imposes,   modifies  or  holds  applicable  any  additional  reserve
(including without limitation any marginal, emergency,  supplemental, special or
other  reserve),  special  deposit,  compulsory  loan, FDIC insurance or similar
requirement  against assets held by, or deposits or other  liabilities in or for
the account of, or advances  or loans by, or other  credit  extended  by, or any
other  acquisition  of funds by,  the Bank (or its  applicable  lending  office)
(other than any such  reserve or other  requirements  with respect to LIBOR Rate
Loans that are reflected in the  definition of Adjusted  LIBOR Rate, as the case
may be); or

      (iii)  imposes  any  other  condition  on or  affecting  such Bank (or its
applicable lending office) or its obligations  hereunder or the London interbank
market, other than with respect to Taxes; and the result of any of the foregoing
is to increase the cost to such Bank of agreeing to make,  making or maintaining
Revolving Loans hereunder or to reduce any amount received or receivable by such
Bank (or its applicable lending office) with respect thereto,  then, in any such
case, the Borrower shall promptly pay to such Bank, upon demand, such additional
amount or amounts (in the form of an increased rate of, or a different method of
calculating, interest as such Bank in its reasonable discretion shall determine)
as may be necessary to compensate  such Bank on an after-tax  basis for any such
increased  cost or  reduction  in  amounts  received  or  receivable  hereunder;
provided  that any  increased  cost arising as a result of any of the  foregoing
other than in respect of Taxes shall  apply only to LIBOR Rate  loans;  provided
further,  such Bank  shall have the right to seek such  additional  compensation
from the Borrower  only if such Bank has given the Borrower not less than ninety
(90) days prior  written  notice of such Bank's  intent to seek such  additional
compensation  from the Borrower  and only if such Bank is  generally  seeking to
recover the  additional  costs of the type referred to in this Section 2.8A from
its other borrowers  similarly situated;  provided even further,  each Bank that
seeks additional  compensation  from the Borrower  pursuant to this Section 2.8A
shall be an Affected  Bank and such Bank shall be  entitled  to such  additional
compensation  from the Borrower  only if the Borrower has not replaced such Bank
pursuant to Section 10 hereof within the ninety (90) day notice period  provided
above.  Such Bank shall  deliver to the  Borrower a written  statement,  setting
forth in reasonable detail the basis for calculating the additional amounts owed
to such Bank under this Section 2.8A,  which  statement  shall be conclusive and
binding upon all parties hereto absent manifest or demonstrable error.

           2.8B. Withholding of Taxes.

      (i) Payments to Be Free and Clear.  All sums payable by the Borrower under
this Loan Agreement and the other Loan  Instruments to or for the benefit of any
Bank or the Agent or any Person who acquires any interest in the Revolving Loans
pursuant to the provisions hereof shall be paid free and clear of and (except to
the extent  required by law) without any deduction or  withholding on account of
any Covered Tax imposed,  levied,  collected,  withheld or assessed by or within
the United  States of America or any political  subdivision  in or of the United
States of America or any other  jurisdiction  from or to which a payment is made
by or on behalf of the Borrower or by any  federation or  organization  of which
the United States of America or any such jurisdiction is a member at the time of
payment.


<PAGE>


      (ii)  Grossing-up  of  Payments.  If the  Borrower or any other  Person is
required by law to make any deduction or  withholding  on account of any Covered
Tax from any sum paid or payable by the  Borrower to the Agent or any Bank under
any of the Loan Instruments;

      (1) The  Borrower  shall notify the Agent of any such  requirement  or any
change in any such requirement as soon as the Borrower becomes aware of it;

      (2) The Borrower shall pay any such Tax before the date on which penalties
attach  thereto,  such payment to be made (if the liability to pay is imposed on
the Borrower) for its own account or (if that  liability is imposed on the Agent
or such  Bank,  as the case may be) on behalf of and in the name of the Agent or
such Bank;

      (3) The sum  payable by the  Borrower  in  respect  of which the  relevant
deduction,  withholding  or payment is required shall be increased to the extent
necessary to ensure that,  after the making of that  deduction,  withholding  or
payment,  the Agent or such Bank,  as the case may be,  receives on the due date
and  retains  (free  from  any  liability  in  respect  of any  such  deduction,
withholding  or payment) a net sum equal to what it would have  received  and so
retained  had no such  deduction,  withholding  or payment in respect of Covered
Taxes been required or made; and

      (4) Within thirty (30) days after paying any sum from which it is required
by law to make any deduction or  withholding,  and within thirty (30) days after
the due date of  payment  of any Tax which it is  required  to pay by clause (b)
above,  the Borrower  shall deliver to the Agent  evidence  satisfactory  to the
other  affected  parties of such  deduction,  withholding  or payment and of the
remittance thereof to the relevant taxing or other authority;

provided that no such additional amount shall be required to be paid to any Bank
under  clause  (3) above  except to the extent  that any  change  after the date
hereof in any such  requirement  for a deduction,  withholding  or payment as is
mentioned  therein  shall  result in an increase in the rate of such  deduction,
withholding or payment from that in effect at the date of this Loan Agreement in
respect of payments to such Bank;  provided,  further,  such Bank shall have the
right to seek such additional  amounts under this Section 2.8B from the Borrower
only if such Bank has given the  Borrower  not less than  ninety (90) days prior
written  notice of such Bank's intent to seek such  additional  amounts from the
Borrower  and only if such Bank is generally  seeking to recover the  additional
amounts of the type  referred to in this Section  2.8B from its other  borrowers
similarly  situated;  provided  even  further,  each Bank that seeks  additional
amounts  from the  Borrower-pursuant  to this  Section 2.8B shall be an Affected
Bank and such  Bank  shall  be  entitled  to such  additional  amounts  from the
Borrower  only if the Borrower has not replaced such Bank pursuant to Section 10
hereof within the ninety (90) day notice period provided above.

      (iii)  Tax  Refund.  If the  Borrower  determines  in  good  faith  that a
reasonable  basis exists for  contesting a Covered Tax, the relevant Bank or Tax
Transferee or the Agent, as applicable,


<PAGE>


shall  cooperate  with the Borrower in  challenging  such Tax at the  Borrower's
expense if  requested  by the  Borrower  (it being  understood  and agreed  that
neither  the Agent nor any Bank shall have any  obligation  to  contest,  or any
responsibility for contesting,  any Tax). If any Tax Transferee, any Bank or the
Agent,  as applicable,  receives a refund (whether by way of a direct payment or
by offset of any Covered Tax for which a payment has been made  pursuant to this
Section  2.8) the amount of such refund  (together  with any  interest  received
thereon)  shall be paid to the  Borrower to the extent  payment has been made in
full pursuant to this Section 2.8.

      (iv) U.S. Tax Certificates.  Each Bank that is organized under the laws of
any  jurisdiction  other than the United States or any state or other  political
subdivision thereof shall deliver to the Agent for transmission to the Borrower,
on or  prior  to the  Closing  Date  (in the  case of each  Bank  listed  on the
signature pages hereof) or on the date (and as a condition to  effectiveness) of
the  Assignment  Agreement  pursuant  to which it becomes a Bank (in the case of
each  other  Bank),  and  at  such  other  times  as  may  be  necessary  in the
determination  of the Borrower or the Agent (each in the reasonable  exercise of
its  discretion),  such  certificates,  documents  or other  evidence,  properly
completed  and  duly  executed  by such  Bank  (including,  without  limitation,
Internal  Revenue  Service  Form 1001 or Form 4224 or any other  certificate  or
statement of exemption required by Treasury  Regulations  Section 1.1441-4(a) or
Section 1.1441-6(c) or any successor thereto) to establish that such Bank is not
subject to deduction or  withholding  of United States  federal income tax under
Section  1441 or 1442 of the Internal  Revenue  Code or otherwise  (or under any
comparable  provisions of any successor statute) with respect to any payments to
such Bank of principal, interest, fees or other amounts payable under any of the
Loan Instruments. The Borrower shall be required to pay any additional amount to
any such Bank under  clause (3) of  Section  2.8B(ii)  hereof if such Bank shall
have failed to satisfy the requirements of the immediately  preceding  sentence;
provided that if such Bank shall have satisfied such requirements on the Closing
Date (in the case of each Bank listed on the  signature  pages hereof) or on the
date of the Assignment Agreement pursuant to which it became a Bank (in the case
of each other Bank), nothing in this Section 2.8B(iv) shall relieve the Borrower
of its  obligation  to pay any  additional  amounts  pursuant  to clause  (3) of
Section  2.8B(ii)  hereof  in the  event  that,  as a result  of any  change  in
applicable   law,  such  Bank  is  no  longer   properly   entitled  to  deliver
certificates,  documents or other evidence at a subsequent date establishing the
fact  that  such  Bank  is  not  subject  to  withholding  as  described  in the
immediately preceding sentence.

           2.8C. Capital Adequacy Adjustment.  If any Bank shall have determined
in good faith that the adoption, effectiveness, phase-in or applicability of any
law, rule or regulation (or any provision  thereof)  regarding capital adequacy,
or any change therein or in the interpretation or administration  thereof by any
governmental  authority,  central  bank or  comparable  agency  charged with the
interpretation  or  administration  thereof,  or  compliance by any Bank (or its
applicable  lending office) with any guideline,  request or directive  regarding
capital adequacy of any such governmental authority,  central bank or comparable
agency,  and which has the force of law and first  becomes  effective  after the
Closing Date,  has or will have the effect of reducing the rate of return on the
capital of such Bank or any corporation  controlling  such Bank as a consequence
of, or with reference to, such Bank's Revolving Loans or Revolving Loan


<PAGE>


Commitment or other Obligations  hereunder to a level below that which such Bank
or such  controlling  corporation  would have  achieved  but for such  adoption,
effectiveness,  phase-in,  applicability,  change  or  compliance  (taking  into
consideration  the policies of such Bank or such  controlling  corporation  with
regard to capital  adequacy),  then from time to time,  within ten (10) Business
Days after  demand by such Bank (with a copy of such demand to the  Agent),  the
Borrower  shall pay to such  Bank such  additional  amount  or  amounts  as will
compensate such Bank or such  controlling  corporation on an after-tax basis for
such reduction as and when incurred; provided, such Bank shall have the right to
seek such additional  compensation from the Borrower only if such Bank has given
the Borrower not less than ninety (90) days prior written  notice of such Bank's
intent to seek such additional  compensation  from the Borrower and only if such
Bank is generally  seeking to recover such  additional  compensation of the type
contemplated  in this Section 2.8C from its other borrowers  similarly  situated
provided further, each Bank that seeks additional compensation from the Borrower
pursuant to this Section  2.8C shall be an Affected  Bank and such Bank shall be
entitled to such additional  compensation from the Borrower only if the Borrower
has not replaced  such Bank pursuant to Section 10 hereof within the ninety (90)
day notice period provided above. Each Bank, upon determining in good faith that
any additional  amounts will be payable pursuant to this Section 2.8C, will give
prompt written notice thereof to the Borrower,  which notice shall set forth the
basis of the  calculation of such  additional  amounts,  although the failure to
give any such  notice  shall  not  release  or  diminish  any of the  Borrower's
obligations to pay additional amounts under this Section 2.8C.

           2.9.  Banks'  Obligation  to  Mitigate.  Each Bank  agrees  that,  as
promptly  as  practicable  after  the  officer  of  such  Bank  responsible  for
administering the Revolving Loans under this Loan Agreement becomes aware of the
occurrence  of an event or the  existence  of a condition  that would cause such
Bank to become an  Affected  Bank or that  would  entitle  such Bank to  receive
payments  under  Section  2.6  or  2.8  hereof,  it  will,  to  the  extent  not
inconsistent with such Bank's internal  policies,  use reasonable efforts (i) to
make,  fund or  maintain  the  Revolving  Loan  Commitment  of such  Bank or the
Affected Loans of such Bank through another lending office of such Bank, or (ii)
take such other  reasonable  measures if as a result  thereof the  circumstances
which would  cause such Bank to be an Affected  Bank would cease to exist or the
additional  amounts  which would  otherwise  be required to be paid to such Bank
pursuant to Section  2.6 or 2.8 hereof  would be  materially  reduced and if, as
determined  by  such  Bank  in its  sole  discretion,  the  making,  funding  or
maintaining of such Revolving  Loan  Commitment or Revolving  Loans through such
other lending office or in accordance with such other measures,  as the case may
be,  would  not  otherwise  materially  adversely  affect  such  Revolving  Loan
Commitments or Revolving Loans or the interests of such Bank; provided that such
Bank will not be obligated to utilize such other lending office pursuant to this
Section 2.9 unless the Borrower agree to pay all expenses  incurred by such Bank
in utilizing  such other lending  office.  A certificate as to the amount of any
such  expenses  payable by the  Borrower  pursuant to this  Section 2.9 (setting
forth in reasonable  detail the basis for requesting  such amount)  submitted by
such Bank to the Borrower shall be conclusive  absent  manifest or  demonstrable
error.


<PAGE>


           2.10.  Records.
           2.10A.  The Agent shall  record the names and  addresses of the Banks
      and  the  Revolving  Loan   Commitments   and  the  Revolving   Loans  (or
      participations  therein) of each Bank from time to time in the  electronic
      records of the Agent. The Borrower, the Agent and the Banks may treat each
      Person whose name is so recorded in the electronic records of the Agent as
      a Bank hereunder for all purposes of this Loan Agreement. Printouts of the
      Agent's  electronic  records  shall be  available  for  inspection  by the
      Borrower  or any Bank at any  reasonable  time and from  time to time upon
      reasonable prior notice to the Agent.

           2.10B. The  Agent shall record the Revolving Loan  Commitment and the
Revolving  Loans from time to time of  each Bank  made to the  Borrower and each
repayment or  prepayment  in respect of the  principal  amount of the  Revolving
Loans of each Bank made to the Borrower in the Agent's electronic  records.  Any
such  recordation in accordance  with the terms of this Loan Agreement  shall be
conclusive and binding on the Borrower  absent manifest  error;  provided,  that
failure to make any such recordation,  or any error in such  recordation,  shall
not affect the Borrower's  obligation to repay all Revolving  Loans to the Banks
in accordance with this Loan Agreement and the Revolving Notes.

           2.10C. Each Bank shall  record  on its  internal records its Pro Rata
Share of each  Revolving  Loan made by it to the  Borrower  and each  payment in
respect thereof.  Any such recordation in accordance with the terms of this Loan
Agreement shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower absent manifest error;
provided,  that  failure  to make any  such  recordation,  or any  error in such
recordation,  shall not affect the Borrower's  obligation to repay all Revolving
Loans to the Banks in accordance  with this Loan  Agreement;  provided  further,
that in the event of any inconsistency  between the Agent's  electronic  records
and any Bank's  records,  the Agent's  electronic  records  shall  govern in the
absence of manifest or demonstrable error.

           2.11.  Swing Line Loans.

           2.11A. Swing  Line  Loan  Commitment.   Subject  to  the  terms  and
conditions of this Loan Agreement and in reliance upon the  representations  and
warranties of the Borrower set forth herein,  PNC hereby agrees,  subject to the
limitations  set forth below with  respect to the  maximum  amount of Swing Line
Loans  permitted to be  outstanding  from time to time, to make a portion of its
Revolving Loan Commitment available to the Borrower from time to time during the
period up to but not including the Revolving Loan Commitment Termination Date in
an aggregate principal amount of up to Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00),  by
making  Swing Line  Loans to the  Borrower,  notwithstanding  the fact that such
Swing Line Loans,  when aggregated with PNC's  outstanding  Revolving Loans, may
exceed PNC's  Revolving  Loan  Commitment.  PNC's  commitment to make Swing Line
Loans to the Borrower  pursuant to this Section 2.11 is herein called its "Swing
Line Loan  Commitment." In no event shall (a) the aggregate  principal amount of
Swing Line Loans  outstanding at any time exceed the Swing Line Loan Commitment,
or (b) the aggregate  principal  amount of Revolving  Loans and Swing Line Loans
outstanding  at  any  time  exceed  the  sum  of the  aggregate  Revolving  Loan
Commitments  reduced by the aggregate  Letter of Credit Usage at such time.  Any
reduction of the Revolving


<PAGE>


Loan Commitments made pursuant to Section 2.4 hereof which reduces the Revolving
Loan Commitments below the then current amount of the Swing Line Loan Commitment
shall  result in an  automatic  corresponding  reduction  of the Swing Line Loan
Commitment  to the  amount of the  Revolving  Loan  Commitments  as so  reduced,
without any further action on the part of PNC.

           PNC's Swing Line Loan Commitment  shall constitute a 364-day facility
and shall be renewable from time to time at the sole option of PNC upon not less
than thirty (30) days' prior written notice to the Borrower;  Provided, that all
outstanding  Swing Line Loans on the date of cancellation of the Swing Line Loan
Commitment,  if  such  date  is  earlier  than  the  Revolving  Loan  Commitment
Termination  Date shall be paid in full to PNC with Revolving  Loans made by the
Banks in  accordance  with their  respective  Pro Rata  Shares in the manner set
forth in Section 2.1D herein;  provided further,  the Swing Line Loan Commitment
shall expire on the Revolving  Loan  Commitment  Termination  Date and all Swing
Line Loans shall be paid in full to PNC no later than such date.

           All Swing Line  Loans  shall bear  interest  on the unpaid  principal
amount thereof from the date made through  maturity  (whether by acceleration or
otherwise)  at a rate per annum  equal to the  Offered  Rate,  shall be  payable
monthly in arrears  and shall not be entitled  to be  converted  into LIBOR Rate
Loans unless and until such Swing Line Loans are converted to Revolving Loans in
accordance with Section 2.11C hereof.  Swing Line Loans made on any Funding Date
may be in any amount up to Five Million  Dollars  ($5,000,000.00),  or, if less,
the positive  difference  between Five Million Dollars  ($5,000,000.00)  and the
aggregate  principal amount of all Swing Line Loans then outstanding.  All Swing
Line Loans  together  with accrued  interest  thereon  shall be evidenced by the
Swing Line Note.  All Swing Line Loans shall be paid in full to PNC on the Swing
Line Loan Commitment Termination Date.

           2.11B. Request For Swing Line Loans. Whenever the Borrower desires to
obtain a Swing Line Loan pursuant to Section  2.11A hereof,  it shall deliver to
PNC a Request For Swing Line Loan no later than 1:00 P.M. (Louisville,  Kentucky
time) on the  proposed  Funding  Date.  The  Request  For Swing  Line Loan shall
specify (i) the proposed  Funding Date (which shall be a Business Day), and (ii)
the  amount  of the  proposed  Swing  Line  Loan.  In  lieu  of  delivering  the
above-described  Request  For  Swing  Line  Loan,  the  Borrower  may  give  PNC
telephonic  notice by the  required  time of any proposed  borrowing  under this
Section 2.11B;  provided that such notice shall be promptly confirmed in writing
by delivery  of a Request For Swing Line Loan to PNC prior to or promptly  after
the Funding Date of the requested Swing Line Loan.

           Neither  the Agent nor any Bank  shall  incur  any  liability  to the
Borrower  in acting  upon any  telephonic  notice  referred  to above  which PNC
believes in good faith to have been given by a duly Authorized  Officer or other
Person authorized to borrow on behalf of the Borrower or for otherwise acting in
good faith under this Section 2.11B and, upon funding of Swing Line Loans by PNC
in accordance with this Loan Agreement  pursuant to any telephonic  notice,  the
Borrower shall have effected such Swing Line Loans hereunder.


<PAGE>


           2.11C.  Reimbursement  to PNC for Swing Line Loans.  PNC shall notify
each Bank on Tuesday of each week of any Swing Line Loans that are  outstanding,
and,  within  one (1)  Business  Day after  receipt of such  notice,  each Bank,
including PNC, shall make a Revolving Loan (which shall initially be funded as a
Base Rate Loan),  in each case as  directed  by PNC, in an amount  equal to such
Bank's Pro Rata Share of the amount of the Swing Line Loans  outstanding  on the
date  notice  is given to the Banks to fund  their Pro Rata  Shares of the Swing
Line Loans;  provided,  however,  the  obligation  of each Bank to make any such
Revolving  Loan is subject to the condition  that (i) PNC believed in good faith
that all  conditions  under Section  2.1C(f)  hereof to the making of such Swing
Line Loan were  satisfied at the time such Swing Line Loan was made, or (ii) the
satisfaction  of any  such  condition  not  satisfied  had  been  waived  by the
Requisite  Banks  prior to or at the time such Swing Line Loan was made.  In the
case of  Revolving  Loans  made by Banks  other  than PNC under the  immediately
preceding  sentence,  each such Bank shall make the amount of its Revolving Loan
available to the Agent, in same day funds, at the office of the Agent located at
500 West Jefferson Street, Louisville,  Kentucky 40202, not later than 1:00 P.M.
(Louisville,  Kentucky time) on the required  Business Day. The proceeds of such
Revolving Loans shall be immediately  delivered to PNC (and not to the Borrower)
and applied to repay the outstanding Swing Line Loans. On the day such Revolving
Loans are made,  PNC's Pro Rata Share of the outstanding  Swing Line Loans shall
be deemed to be paid with the proceeds of a Revolving  Loan made by PNC and such
portion  of the  Swing  Line  Loans  deemed  to be so paid  shall no  longer  be
outstanding  as Swing  Line  Loans,  shall no longer be due under the Swing Line
Note and shall be due under the  Revolving  Note issued by the  Borrower to PNC.
The Borrower  authorizes  the Agent to charge the  Borrower's  accounts with the
Agent (up to the amount  available in each such account) in order to immediately
pay PNC the amount of such  outstanding  Swing Line Loans to the extent  amounts
received from the Banks,  including  amounts deemed to be received from PNC, are
not  sufficient  to repay in full such  outstanding  Swing  Line  Loans.  If any
portion  of any such  amount  paid (or  deemed  to be  paid)  to PNC  should  be
recovered by or on behalf of the Borrower from PNC in bankruptcy,  by assignment
for the benefit of creditors or  otherwise,  the loss of the amount so recovered
shall be ratably  shared among all of the Banks that have made  Revolving  Loans
pursuant to this Section 2.11C in the manner  contemplated by Section 10 hereof.
Subject to the proviso  contained in the first sentence of this paragraph,  each
Bank's  obligation to make the Revolving Loans referred to in this Section 2.11C
shall  be  absolute  and   unconditional  and  shall  not  be  affected  by  any
circumstance,  including,  without  limitation,  (i) any  setoff,  counterclaim,
recoupment,  defense or other right which such Bank may have  against  PNC,  the
Borrower  or anyone  else for any  reason  whatsoever;  (ii) the  occurrence  or
continuance  of an Event of Default or a Potential  Event of Default;  (iii) any
adverse change in the condition  (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower;  (iv)
the  acceleration  or maturity of any Revolving  Loans or the termination of the
Revolving  Loan  Commitments  after the making of any Swing  Line Loan;  (v) any
breach of this Loan  Agreement  by the  Borrower or any other Bank;  or (vi) any
other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any
of the  foregoing.  All Swing  Line  Loans  outstanding  on the  Revolving  Loan
Commitment Termination Date shall be paid in full to PNC on such date.


<PAGE>


      In the  event  that the  Borrower  has  filed  for  protection  under  the
Bankruptcy  Code or any other  bankruptcy  laws, each Bank shall upon request by
PNC acquire  without  recourse or warranty an undivided  participation  interest
equal to such Bank's Pro Rata Share of any Swing Line Loan otherwise required to
be repaid by such Bank pursuant to the  preceding  paragraph by paying to PNC on
the date on which  such  Bank  would  otherwise  have  been  required  to make a
Revolving  Loan in respect of such Swing  Line Loan  pursuant  to the  preceding
paragraph,  in immediately  available  funds, an amount equal to such Bank's Pro
Rata Share of such Swing Line Loan, and no Revolving Loans shall be made by such
Bank  pursuant to the  preceding  paragraph.  If such amount is not in fact made
available to PNC by that Bank on the date when Revolving  Loans would  otherwise
be  required  to be made  pursuant  to the  preceding  paragraph,  PNC  shall be
entitled to recover such amount on demand from that Bank  together with interest
accrued from such date at the  customary  rate set by PNC for the  correction of
errors among banks for three Business Days and thereafter at the Base Rate. From
and  after  the date on which  any Bank  purchases  an  undivided  participation
interest in a Swing Line Loan  pursuant to this  paragraph,  PNC shall  promptly
distribute  to such Bank such Bank's Pro Rata Share of all payments of principal
and interest in respect of such Swing Line Loan.

           A copy of each  notice  given  by PNC to the  Banks  pursuant  to the
second preceding  paragraph shall be promptly  delivered by PNC to the Borrower.
Upon the making of a Revolving  Loan by a Bank  pursuant to this Section  2.11C,
the amount so funded  shall  become due under the  Revolving  Note issued by the
Borrower to such Bank and shall no longer be owed under the Swing Line Note.

           Notwithstanding  anything  herein to the  contrary,  PNC shall not be
obligated to make any Swing Line Loans if it has elected after the occurrence of
a  Potential  Event of Default or Event of Default  not to make Swing Line Loans
and has notified the Borrower in writing or by telephone of such  election.  PNC
shall  promptly give notice to the Banks of such election not to make Swing Line
Loans.


                                    SECTION 3
                              CONDITIONS PRECEDENT


      3.   Effective Date; Other Stipulations.

           3.1.  Conditions  to  Effectiveness  of  Loan  Agreement.  This  Loan
Agreement shall be effective on that date (the  "Effective  Date") on which each
of the following documents  (collectively,  the "Amendment  Documents") has been
executed by each of the parties to them and delivered to the Agent, on behalf of
the Banks,  and each other  condition set forth below has been  fulfilled to the
satisfaction of the Agent:


<PAGE>



                [i]   this Loan Agreement, duly executed by the Borrower; and

                [ii]  Guaranty  Agreements  duly executed  and  delivered by ST
      Carolinas, ST Ohio, ST Wabash and Roberts; and

                [iii]Evidence of such consents, if any, from the Note Purchasers
      as may be required  under the Note  Purchase  Agreement to  execution  and
      delivery of a Guaranty  Agreement on or before the  Effective  Date by the
      Guarantors; and

                [iv]  Certified  Resolutions  of the Board of  Directors  of the
      Borrower  and  each  of the  Guarantors,  authorizing  the  execution  and
      delivery by Borrower of this Loan  Agreement  and by  Guarantors  of their
      respective Guaranty Agreements; and

                [v]  Certificates  of existence for Borrower and each Guarantor,
      dated within thirty days of the Effective Date; and

                [vi] a copy of each promissory note evidencing Indebtedness that
      is owed on the Effective  Date by any  subsidiary of Borrower to Borrower;
      and

                [vii] supplemental written  opinions of counsel to the  Borrower
      and Guarantors, substantially in the form of Exhibit J hereto.

           If each of the Amendment  Documents  has not been fully  executed and
delivered to the Agent and each other condition set forth above not fulfilled to
the  satisfaction  of Agent on or before  December 31, 1998 this Loan  Agreement
shall be voidable at any time  thereafter  upon notice  given by Borrower to the
Banks or by notice given by the Agent,  acting at the direction of the Requisite
Banks, to the Borrower.

           3.1A. Upon the  Effective Date,  this Loan  Agreement shall supersede
and replace the  Amended  and  Restated Loan  Agreement  dated March 26, 1997 a
modified by the First 1997 Amendment,  and the  Second 1997 Amendment,  and from
and after the Effective Date each reference to the "Loan  Agreement" or words of
like import shall mean and be deemed a reference to this Loan Agreement.

           3.1B.Upon the Effective Date, Agent and Banks shall be deemed to have
consented to the acquisition by Borrower or one of its Consolidated Subsidiaries
of Roberts.

           3.2. Conditions to All Letters of Credit. [intentionally omitted].

           3.3.  Conditions  to All Revolving  Loans and Letters of Credit.  The
obligation  of the  Banks  to  make  Revolving  Loans  to the  Borrower  and the
obligation of PNC to issue or extend the stated  expiration  date of each Letter
of Credit is subject to the following further conditions precedent:


<PAGE>


           3.3A. The Agent shall have  received  with respect to each  Revolving
Loan, in accordance  with the provisions of Section 2.1C of this Loan Agreement,
an originally  executed  Request For  Revolving  Loan, in each case signed by an
Authorized Officer of the Borrower.

           3.3B. PNC shall have  received with respect to each Letter of Credit,
in accordance  with the  provisions of Section 2.7B of this Loan  Agreement,  an
originally  executed  Application and Agreement For Letter of Credit relating to
such  Letter of  Credit,  in each case  signed by an  Authorized  Officer of the
Borrower.

           3.3C. As of the  Funding  Date of the  Revolving  Loan or the date of
issuance or extension of the stated expiration date of the Letter of Credit:

      (i) The  representations  and warranties  contained  herein, as originally
stated or as updated in writing from time to time by the Borrower, shall be true
and correct in all  material  respects on and as of that date to the same extent
as though made on and as of that date;

      (ii) No event shall have  occurred and be  continuing or would result from
the funding of the  Revolving  Loan or the  issuance or  extension of the stated
expiration  date of such  Letter of Credit  which would  constitute  an Event of
Default;

      (iii)  No  order,   judgment  or  decree  of  any  court,   arbitrator  or
governmental  authority shall purport to enjoin or restrain any Bank from making
that Revolving Loan or PNC from issuing or extending the stated  expiration date
of that Letter of Credit; and

      (iv) No injunction or other  restraining  order shall have been issued and
no hearing to cause an injunction or other  restraining order to be issued shall
be pending or noticed with respect to any action,  suit or proceeding seeking to
enjoin or  otherwise  prevent the  consummation  of this Loan  Agreement  or the
making of the  Revolving  Loans  hereunder  or the  issuance or extension of the
respective stated expiration dates of the Letters of Credit hereunder.

      3.3D. As of the date of any expected or  requested future  advances of any
of the Revolving Loans, the Year 2000 Problem (as defined  below) shall not have
resulted in any Material Adverse Effect.


                                    SECTION 4
                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES


      4. Representations and Warranties. The Borrower represents and warrants to
the Banks as  follows,  which  representations  and  warranties  shall be deemed
restated  as of each  Funding  Date  and  the  date  of the  issuance  of or the
extension of the expiration date of each Letter of Credit, and shall survive the
execution and delivery of this Loan Agreement:


<PAGE>



           4.1. Organization,  Standing, etc. The Borrower is a corporation duly
organized and validly  existing under the laws of the  Commonwealth of Kentucky.
The  Borrower  has all  requisite  power and  authority  to own and  operate its
properties,  to  carry on its  business  as now  conducted  and  proposed  to be
conducted,  to  execute  and  deliver  this Loan  Agreement  and the other  Loan
Instruments  to which  it is a party,  and to carry  out the  terms  hereof  and
thereof. The Borrower has delivered to the Agent a true and complete copy of its
Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws as in effect on the date hereof.

           4.2.  Qualification.  The  Borrower  is duly  qualified  to  transact
business  as a  foreign  corporation  and  is  in  good  standing  as a  foreign
corporation  in each  jurisdiction  in  respect  of which the  failure  to be so
qualified would have a Material Adverse Effect.

           4.3. Use of Proceeds. The Borrower's uses of the Revolving Loans made
to the Borrower (a) will at all times be legal and proper  corporate uses of the
Borrower,  and such uses are consistent with all applicable laws and statutes as
in  effect  as of the date  hereof,  and (b) will not  violate  or  result  in a
violation of  Regulations  G, U, T or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve System.

           4.4.  Intellectual  Property.  The Borrower  owns or  possesses  such
assets,  licenses,   patents,  patent  applications,   copyrights,   trademarks,
trademark applications,  trade names, franchises,  consents,  authorizations and
service marks and rights with respect to the foregoing which are necessary to be
owned or possessed by the Borrower to prevent a Material Adverse Effect.

           4.5.  Contracts;  Labor Disputes.  The Borrower is not a party to any
contract  or  agreement,  or  subject  to  any  charge,  corporate  restriction,
judgment,  decree or order, which has or could be reasonably  foreseen to have a
Material Adverse Effect.  There are no strikes or walkouts relating to any labor
contracts binding upon the Borrower.

           4.6. Accuracy of Financial Reports.  The audited financial statements
of the  Borrower  for its Fiscal Year 1997 and the interim  unaudited  financial
statements  of the Borrower as at and for the period  ending June 30,  1998,  in
each case  which  have been  delivered  to the  Banks,  have  been  prepared  in
accordance with GAAP and fairly and accurately  present the financial  condition
of the  Borrower  on a  consolidated  basis as of the dates and for the  periods
ended reflected in such financial statements;  provided,  such interim financial
statements  shall be without  footnotes and shall be subject to normal  year-end
adjustments.  There  have been no  material  adverse  changes  in the  financial
condition  of the Borrower on a  consolidated  basis  subsequent  to the periods
ended reflected in such financial statements.

           4.7.  Disclosure.  Neither  this Loan  Agreement  nor any other  Loan
Instrument  furnished to the Agent on behalf of the Banks by or on behalf of the
Borrower in  connection  with the  transactions  contemplated  hereby taken as a
whole  contains any  statement of any material  fact which is untrue or omits to
state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained herein
or therein not misleading. There is no fact known to the Borrower (other than


<PAGE>


which is  hereafter  disclosed in any  document  filed by the Borrower  with the
Securities and Exchange  Commission or is otherwise disclosed by the Borrower in
writing to the Agent) which materially adversely affects the financial condition
of the  Borrower  on a  consolidated  basis which has not been set forth in this
Loan Agreement or in the other Loan Instruments  furnished to the Banks by or on
behalf of the Borrower in connection with the transactions  contemplated hereby.
The Borrower is currently solvent,  and neither the issuance and delivery of the
Revolving  Notes  to  the  Banks,   nor  the  performance  of  the  transactions
contemplated  hereunder,  will  render  the  Borrower  insolvent,   inadequately
capitalized to undertake the transactions contemplated hereunder or to undertake
the business in which it is  presently  engaged or about to engage or render the
Borrower  unable  to pay its  debts as they  become  due.  The  Borrower  is not
currently   contemplating  either  the  filing  of  a  petition  by  it  or  the
commencement of a case by it under the Bankruptcy  Code or any other  insolvency
laws or the  liquidation  of all or a major  portion  of its  property,  and the
Borrower does not have any knowledge of any Person  contemplating  the filing of
any such petition or commencement of any such case against the Borrower.

           4.8. Tax Returns and Payments. The Borrower has filed all tax returns
required by law to be filed by it and has paid all taxes,  assessments and other
governmental charges levied upon its properties,  assets, income and franchises,
other than  those not yet  delinquent  and those  taxes,  assessments  and other
governmental  charges the non-payment of which would not have a Material Adverse
Effect.  The  charges,  accruals  and  reserves on the books of the  Borrower in
respect of its taxes are adequate in the opinion of the  Borrower.  The Borrower
does not know of any unpaid assessment for additional taxes.

           4.9.  Indebtedness,  etc. As of the date of this Loan Agreement,  and
without regard to the transactions contemplated hereunder, the Borrower does not
have any  outstanding  Indebtedness  other than the  Indebtedness  identified on
Schedule 4.10 annexed  hereto and other  Indebtedness  the  principal  amount of
which does not exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) in the aggregate.

           4.10.  Title  to  Properties;   Liens.  The  Borrower  has  good  and
marketable title to all of its properties and assets and none of such properties
or assets is or will be, as of the Closing Date,  subject to any Lien except (i)
the Liens  identified  on  Schedule  4.10  annexed  hereto and other liens which
secure  Indebtedness  the principal  amount of which does not exceed One Million
Dollars  ($1,000,000.00) in the aggregate,  and (ii) other  non-consensual Liens
which  in the  aggregate  are not  substantial  in  amount,  do not  secure  any
Indebtedness,  do not in any  case  materially  detract  from  the  value of the
property subject thereto or materially impair the operations of the Borrower and
would either singularly or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect.

           4.11.  Operating  Leases.  The Borrower enjoys quiet possession under
all operating leases to which it is a party as lessee, and all of such operating
leases are to the best  knowledge of the  Borrower,  after due inquiry,  validly
existing  and in full  force  and  effect,  and,  to the best  knowledge  of the
Borrower, after due inquiry, neither the lessor nor the Borrower as


<PAGE>


lessee is in default under any of such  operating  leases to an extent which has
or could be reasonably  foreseen to have a Material Adverse Effect. None of such
operating   leases   contains  any  provision   restricting  the  incurrence  of
Indebtedness  by the lessee or any unusual or burdensome  provision which has or
could be reasonably foreseen to have a Material Adverse Effect.

           4.12.  Litigation,  etc. Except as described on Schedule 4.12 annexed
hereto  (as  the  same  may be  updated  in  writing  from  time  to time by the
Borrower),  there is no action,  proceeding or investigation  pending or, to the
best  knowledge of the Borrower,  threatened (or any basis therefor known to the
Borrower)  which  questions the validity of this Loan  Agreement,  the Revolving
Notes or the other Loan  Instruments or any action taken or to be taken pursuant
hereto or thereto or which if determined  adversely to the Borrower would in the
Borrower's  reasonable judgment result,  either in any case or in the aggregate,
in any Material Adverse Effect.

           4.13.  Authorization;  Compliance  with Other  Instruments,  etc. The
execution,  delivery and performance of this Loan Agreement, the Revolving Notes
and the other Loan  Instruments  to which the Borrower is a party have been duly
authorized by all necessary  corporate action on the part of the Borrower,  will
not result in any  violation of or be in conflict  with or  constitute a default
under the Articles of Incorporation or By-Laws of the Borrower or any agreement,
instrument,  judgment,  decree, order, statute, rule or governmental  regulation
applicable  to the  Borrower,  or result in the creation of any Lien upon any of
the  properties  or assets of the  Borrower.  The  Borrower  is not in  material
violation  of its  Articles  of  Incorporation  or By-Laws or any  agreement  or
instrument to which it is a party,  or, to the Borrower's  best  knowledge,  any
judgment,  decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to
the Borrower.  Without  limiting the  generality of the  foregoing,  to the best
knowledge of the Borrower,  the Borrower is in  compliance  with all federal and
state laws and all rules, regulations and administrative orders of all state and
local  commissions or authorities which are applicable to the Borrower or to the
operation of its business the non-compliance of which could result in a Material
Adverse Effect.

           4.14.  Enforceability.  This Loan Agreement,  the Revolving Notes and
the other Loan Instruments to which the Borrower is a party constitute the valid
and  binding  obligations  of the  Borrower,  legally  enforceable  against  the
Borrower in accordance  with their  respective  terms,  except to the extent the
enforceability  of the Loan  Agreement,  the Revolving  Notes and the other Loan
Instruments is subject to the effect of applicable  laws affecting the rights of
creditors generally and equitable principles.

           4.15.  Governmental  Consent.  To the best knowledge of the Borrower,
the Borrower is not currently required to obtain any order, consent, approval or
authorization  of, and is not  currently  required  to make any  declaration  or
filing with,  any  governmental  authority in connection  with the execution and
delivery of this Loan  Agreement  or the  negotiation,  offer,  issue,  sale and
delivery of the Revolving  Notes, or in connection with the execution,  delivery
and


<PAGE>


performance of the other Loan Instruments, and the failure to so obtain any such
order,  consent,  approval or  authorization  or to make any such declaration or
filing would result in a Material Adverse Effect.

           4.16.  Investment  Company  Act  Status.  The  Borrower  is  not  an
"investment  company",  as such term is defined in the  Investment  Company Act
of 1940, as amended.

           4.17.  Regulation G, etc.  None of the Revolving  Loans will be used,
directly or indirectly,  by the Borrower for the purpose of reducing or retiring
any Indebtedness  which was originally  incurred to purchase or carry any Margin
Stock  or  for  any  other  purpose  which  might  constitute  the  transactions
contemplated  hereby a "purpose  credit"  within the meaning of  Regulation G or
Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve  System,  or cause
this Loan  Agreement  to violate  Regulation  G,  Regulation  U,  Regulation  T,
Regulation  X or any other  regulation  of the Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve System or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

           4.18. Holding Company Act. The Borrower is not a "Holding Company" or
a "Subsidiary  Company" of a "Holding Company",  or an "Affiliate" of a "Holding
Company" or of a "Subsidiary Company" of a "Holding Company",  as such terms are
defined in the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, as amended.

           4.19.  Employee  Retirement Income Security Act of 1974. The Borrower
(a) has not incurred  any material  accumulated  funding  deficiency  within the
meaning of ERISA,  (b) has not incurred  any  material  liability to the Pension
Benefit Guaranty  Corporation  established under ERISA (or any successor thereto
under  ERISA) in  connection  with any  employee  benefit  plan  established  or
maintained by the Borrower, nor has the Borrower had any tax assessed against it
by the Internal Revenue Service for any alleged  violation under Section 4975 of
the  Internal  Revenue  Code,  and (c) has not and does not  participate  in any
Multi-Employer  Pension Plan within the meaning of Section 3(37) of ERISA except
as  approved  by the Banks  and set  forth on  Schedule  4.19  attached  hereto.
Further, to the Borrower's knowledge,  each employee benefit plan established or
maintained by the Borrower is in compliance in all material  respects with ERISA
and all other applicable laws, and no prohibited  transaction within the meaning
of Section  4975 of the Internal  Revenue Code has occurred  with respect to any
such employee benefit plan established or maintained by the Borrower.

           4.20.  Environmental Matters.

           4.20A. As  used  herein,  the term  "Environmental  Law(s)" means any
federal, state or local statute, law, ordinance,  code, rule, regulation,  order
or decree regulating, relating to, or imposing liability or standards of conduct
concerning any Hazardous  Substance,  as now or at any time hereafter in effect.
As used  herein,  the term  "Hazardous  Substance(s)"  shall  have  the  meaning
ascribed in any  Environmental  Law to any hazardous,  toxic or dangerous waste,
substance, pollutant or material.


<PAGE>



           4.20B. The Borrower  represents  and  warrants, to its knowledge, and
except as  otherwise  disclosed  in  writing to the Agent on behalf of the Banks
prior to the date of this Loan  Agreement,  that  neither the  Borrower  nor any
other Person within the Borrower's knowledge or control, including any lessee of
the Borrower's property, has ever caused or permitted any Hazardous Substance to
be released,  spilled or disposed of on, under or at the Borrower's property nor
any part thereof which has resulted in or could reasonably be foreseen to result
in a Material Adverse Effect.  Further, to the Borrower's knowledge,  no portion
of the  Borrower's  property  has ever  been used by the  Borrower  or any other
person as a dump site or storage site,  whether permanent or temporary,  for any
Hazardous  Substance,  except in substantial  compliance with all  Environmental
Laws or except as otherwise  disclosed in writing to the Banks prior to the date
of this Loan Agreement.

           4.20C.  The    Borrower  shall,   except  as  otherwise   separately
disclosed  in writing  to the Agent on behalf of the Banks  prior to the date of
this Loan  Agreement,  give the Banks prompt written notice of any litigation or
administrative  proceeding  involving  a claim  against the  Borrower  which (i)
asserts or alleges that (a) the Borrower has violated any Environmental Law, (b)
the  Borrower is required to clean up or take other  response  action due to the
release or threatened release or transportation of any Hazardous  Substance,  or
(c) the  Borrower  is  required to pay all or a portion of the cost of any past,
present or future  cleanup or other  response  action  which arises out of or is
related to the release or threatened  release or transportation of any Hazardous
Substance, and (ii) if true, would have a Material Adverse Effect.

           4.21.  Schedule of  Guaranties.  Annexed hereto as Schedule 4.21 is a
list of all guaranty  agreements or similar instruments to which the Borrower is
currently a party or which is otherwise binding upon the Borrower.

           4.22.  Subsidiaries  and Joint  Ventures.  Annexed hereto as Schedule
4.22 is a list of all existing  Consolidated  Subsidiaries and Joint Ventures of
the Borrower.

           4.23. Year 2000. The Borrower and its  Subsidiaries have reviewed the
areas within their business and operations which could be adversely affected by,
and have developed or are developing a program to address on a timely basis, the
risk that certain computer applications used by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries
(or any of their  respective  material  suppliers,  customers or vendors) may be
unable to recognize  and perform  properly  date-sensitive  functions  involving
dates prior to and after December 31, 1999 (the "Year 2000 Problem").  Except as
disclosed to the Agent in writing by the Borrower, the Borrower has no reason to
believe that the Year 2000 Problem will result in any Material Adverse Effect.

           4.24.  Events  of Default.  There are no Potential Events of Default
or Events of Default existing as of the Closing Date.




<PAGE>


                                    SECTION 5
                              AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS


      5.  Affirmative  Covenants.  The Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that
until the Revolving Notes have been  respectively paid in full to the Banks, the
Borrower will perform and observe all of the following  provisions unless waived
in writing by the Requisite Banks:

           5.1.  Maintenance of Assets;  Casualty Insurance.  The Borrower will,
insofar as it is not prevented by causes  beyond its control,  maintain or cause
to be maintained in good repair,  working order and condition its assets used or
useful in its  business  in a manner  and to the extent  necessary  to prevent a
Material  Adverse  Effect.  The Borrower will in addition,  insofar as it is not
prevented by causes beyond its control, make or cause to be made all appropriate
repairs,  renewals  and  replacements  to its assets to the extent  necessary to
prevent a Material  Adverse  Effect.  The Borrower  will maintain or cause to be
maintained,  with  financially  sound and  reputable  insurers,  insurance  with
respect  to its  assets  and  business  against  loss  or  damage  of the  kinds
customarily insured against by corporations of established reputation engaged in
the same or a similar business and similarly situated, in such types and amounts
as  are  customarily   carried  under  similar   circumstances   by  such  other
corporations.

           5.2.  Monetary Obligations.

           (a) The Borrower will pay and  discharge  promptly as they become due
and payable all taxes, assessments and other governmental charges levied upon it
or its  income or upon any of its  properties  or assets  or in  respect  of its
franchises,  business,  income or profits,  or upon any part thereof, as well as
all  lawful  claims of any kind  (including  claims  for  labor,  materials  and
supplies)  which,  if unpaid,  might by law  become a lien or a charge  upon its
property  before  any of the same  become  delinquent;  provided,  however,  the
Borrower shall not be obligated to pay any such tax, assessment or charge (i) if
the non-payment thereof would not have a Material Adverse Effect, or (ii) if the
non-payment  thereof  would have a Material  Adverse  Effect but the Borrower is
contesting  the amount or validity  of, or its  liability  for,  any such taxes,
assessments  or charges in good faith and by  appropriate  proceedings  promptly
initiated  and  diligently  conducted  by the  Borrower  and  the  Borrower  has
established  such reserve or other  appropriate  provision,  if any, as shall be
required by GAAP in respect  thereof.  The Borrower  will satisfy or cause to be
satisfied the minimum  annual funding  standard  within the meaning of ERISA for
any employee  benefit plan  established  or maintained by the Borrower  which is
subject to such minimum funding standards under ERISA, and the Borrower will not
permit  any tax or penalty to be  incurred  by it as a result of any  failure to
satisfy any such minimum funding  requirement or as a result of any violation of
the provisions of Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code or of any regulation
issued thereunder.



<PAGE>


      (b) The  Borrower  will pay in full all its other debts,  obligations  and
liabilities allowed hereunder before the same become delinquent,  unless (i) the
non-payment  thereof  would  not have a  Material  Adverse  Effect,  or (ii) the
non-payment  thereof would have a Material Adverse Effect but the same are being
contested in good faith by the Borrower,  the Borrower has established  adequate
reserves for the payment of the same in accordance with GAAP, and the contesting
thereof does not involve the risk of forfeiture or loss of any of the Borrower's
assets.

           5.3.  Financial  Statements  and Other  Reports.  The Borrower  will
furnish to the Agent on behalf of the Banks:

      (a) As soon as  reasonably  possible,  and in any event within one hundred
twenty (120) days after the end of each Fiscal Year,  the audited  balance sheet
of the  Borrower as at the end of such  Fiscal  Year,  and the  related  audited
statements  of income and cash flows of the Borrower for such Fiscal Year,  on a
consolidated  basis,  together  with  statements  in  comparative  form  for the
previous  Fiscal Year, all in reasonable  detail and  accompanied by the opinion
thereon  of  independent  public  accountants   selected  by  the  Borrower  and
reasonably acceptable to the Banks (the Banks acknowledge and agree that Coopers
&  Lybrand  or any other  "Big 6"  accounting  firm  hereafter  selected  by the
Borrower  shall be  acceptable  to the Banks),  which opinion shall be in a form
generally  recognized  as  unqualified  and  shall  state  that  such  financial
statements  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with GAAP  applied  on a basis
consistent with that of the preceding  Fiscal Year (except for such changes,  if
any, as shall be specified and approved by such accountants in such opinion) and
that the audit by such accountants in connection with such financial  statements
has been made in accordance with GAAP relating to auditing;

      (b) As soon as  reasonably  possible,  and in any event within  forty-five
(45) days after the end of each Fiscal Quarter in each Fiscal Year, an unaudited
balance sheet of the Borrower as at the end of such Fiscal Quarter,  and related
unaudited  statements  of income and cash flows of the  Borrower for such Fiscal
Quarter,  on a  consolidated  basis,  all  in  reasonable  detail,  prepared  in
accordance with GAAP consistently applied and certified to be true, accurate and
complete by the Chief Financial Officer of the Borrower;  provided, such interim
financial  statements shall be without  footnotes and shall be subject to normal
year-end adjustments;

      (c)  Together  with each  delivery  of  financial  statements  pursuant to
subdivisions  (a) and (b) above,  (i) a  Certificate  of the  President or Chief
Financial  Officer  of the  Borrower  setting  forth the  maximum  amount of all
guaranty  agreements  and similar  instruments  issued by the  Borrower  for the
account  of each  Joint  Venture  and each  Subsidiary,  and  (ii) a  Compliance
Certificate  (A) stating  that the Chief  Financial  Officer of the Borrower has
reviewed the relevant  terms of this Loan  Agreement and has no knowledge of any
event or condition which constitutes a Potential Event of Default or an Event of
Default  hereunder,  or,  if any such  Potential  Event of  Default  or Event of
Default existed or exists, specifying the nature and period of existence thereof
and what  action the  Borrower  has taken or is taking or  proposes to take with
respect thereto,  and (B)  demonstrating in reasonable  detail compliance at the
end of such  accounting  period with  Section  6.2,  relating  to  Indebtedness,
Section 6.4, relating to Liens,  Section 6.5, relating to investments and loans,
and Sections 6.8 through 6.11, relating to financial covenants;


<PAGE>



      (d)  Forthwith  upon  any  principal  officer  of the  Borrower  obtaining
knowledge  of, or receiving  notice of any claim of or action taken with respect
to, any condition or event which  constitutes a Potential Event of Default or an
Event of Default (including, without limitation, knowledge that any claim by any
creditor has been made that there  exists,  or that any action has been taken by
any creditor  with respect to, any default as set forth in Section 7(h) hereof),
an Officers'  Certificate  specifying the nature and period of existence thereof
and what  action  the  Borrower  has taken or is taking or  propose to take with
respect thereto;

      (e) Promptly upon receipt thereof,  a copy of any final management  letter
submitted to the Borrower by its  independent  certified  public  accountants in
connection with the examination of the financial statements of the Borrower made
by such accountants;

      (f)  Promptly  upon the filing  thereof with the  Securities  and Exchange
Commission,  copies of all  reports  hereafter  filed by the  Borrower  with the
Securities and Exchange Commission;

      (g) Copies of all annual and, upon written request by the Requisite Banks,
interim, financial statements, including balance sheets and statements of income
and cash flows, prepared in respect of the Joint Ventures, promptly upon receipt
thereof by the Borrower;  provided,  the Borrower  shall be obligated to deliver
any such  financial  statements  to the Agent on behalf of the Banks only if the
delivery  thereof to the Agent on behalf of the Banks does not violate the joint
venture  agreement  under  which any such Joint  Venture was formed or any other
agreement or any applicable law to which the Borrower is subject;

      (h) With  reasonable  promptness,  such  other  information  and data with
respect to the Borrower as from time to time may be reasonably  requested by the
Requisite  Banks;  provided,  the  Borrower  shall be  obligated  to deliver any
financial  statements  pertaining  to the Joint  Ventures  only if the  delivery
thereof to the Agent on behalf of the Banks does not violate  the joint  venture
agreement  under which any such Joint Venture was formed or any other  agreement
or any applicable law to which the Borrower is subject;

      (i) Promptly  upon receipt  thereof,  copies of such  notices,  reports or
other  documents  received by the Borrower which discloses facts which, if true,
could  reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Borrower;
and

      (j) On or before  thirty (30) days prior to the  closing of any  Permitted
Securitization,  notice of the  pendency  thereof  containing a  description  in
reasonable detail of the material elements thereof, and thereafter promptly upon
request such  additional  information  with respect thereto as reasonably may be
requested by the Agent or the Requisite Banks.

           The Borrower shall deliver to the Agent on behalf of the Banks at the
same time as the delivery of any annual or quarterly  financial  statement under
this  Section 5.3,  (i) a  description  in  reasonable  detail of any  variation
between the application of accounting principles


<PAGE>


employed in the  preparation of such statement and the application of accounting
principles employed in the preparation of the next preceding annual or quarterly
financial statements (which variation materially affects the presentation of the
financial position or results of operations of the Borrower) and (ii) reasonable
estimates of the  difference  between such  statements  arising as a consequence
thereof.

           The Banks shall keep confidential all of the financial statements and
other  information  furnished to the Banks pursuant to this Loan Agreement other
than any such information  which has otherwise been publicly  disclosed or is in
the  public  domain,  and  each  Bank  shall  cooperate  with  the  Borrower  in
establishing a joint privilege with respect to all such  non-public  information
furnished to such Bank; provided, subject to the foregoing, each Bank shall have
the right to furnish copies of such financial  statements and other  information
furnished  to each  Bank (A) to any  proposed  Eligible  Assignee  of such  Bank
pursuant  to Section  10 hereof,  subject  to such  proposed  Eligible  Assignee
executing a Confidentiality  Agreement as required under Section 10 hereof,  (B)
to governmental  agencies having  jurisdiction  over such Bank and which request
copies of such financial statements and/or other information, (C) if required to
under  applicable  rules of civil  procedure  to any  appropriate  Person in any
litigation  involving  or  affecting  such Bank,  provided  such Bank shall give
notice to the Borrower of such Bank's  receipt of the subpoena or other  request
to furnish such information and the Borrower shall have the right at its expense
to seek an  appropriate  protective  order  in such  litigation  preserving  the
confidentiality of any non-public information furnished to such Bank, and (D) to
any  appropriate  Person in connection  with the enforcement by such Bank of its
rights under this Loan Agreement and the Revolving Note issued to it.

           5.4.  Financial  Records.  The  Borrower  will  maintain  a system of
accounting  established and  administered  in accordance with GAAP  consistently
applied,  and will set aside on its books all such  proper  reserves as shall be
required by GAAP.  Borrower shall cause all Indebtedness owed to Borrower by any
Subsidiary of Borrower,  including but not limited to any subsidiary  created or
acquired  pursuant  to a Proforma  Compliant  Acquisition,  to be  evidenced  by
promissory note(s),  and from and after the date of this Agreement shall deliver
to Agent a copy of each such  promissory  note on or before  ten (10) days after
the date the Indebtedness evidenced thereby is created or incurred.

           5.5. Permits, Certificates,  Leases, Licenses, etc. The Borrower will
obtain,  maintain  and  comply  at all  times  with all  permits,  certificates,
licenses, approvals,  authorizations,  leases and other instruments necessary or
appropriate  for the  conduct  of its  business  as  presently  conducted  or as
contemplated to be conducted in the future;  provided, the Borrower shall not be
in  violation  of this  Section  5.5 if the  failure to obtain any such  permit,
certificate, license, approval,  authorization,  lease or other instrument would
not have a Material Adverse Effect.

           5.6.  Notice.  The  Borrower  will  notify the Agent on behalf of the
Banks in writing,  within no more than ten (10)  Business  Days (and without the
benefit of any grace period  afforded in any provision of this Loan Agreement or
any other Loan  Instrument)  after the Borrower  learns of any of the following:
(i) the existence or  occurrence  of any  Potential  Event of Default under this
Loan Agreement and/or any of the other Loan Instruments, (ii) that any


<PAGE>


representation  or warranty made herein or in the other Loan Instruments  shall,
for any  reason,  not be or shall cease in any  material  respect to be true and
complete  and  not   misleading,   or  (iii)  the  institution  of,  or  adverse
determination  in, any  litigation  involving a claim  against  the  Borrower in
excess  of the sum of One  Million  Dollars  ($1,000,000.00)  which is not fully
covered by insurance (other than any deductible), describing the nature thereof,
what  happened  with  respect  thereto,  and what  steps are being  taken by the
Borrower with respect thereto.

           5.7.  Further  Assurances.  The  Borrower  will  from  time  to  time
hereafter execute and deliver, or will cause to be executed and delivered,  such
additional instruments, certificates or documents and will take all such further
actions, as the Banks may reasonably request for the purposes of implementing or
effectuating  the  provisions  of this Loan  Agreement  and/or  the  other  Loan
Instruments; provided, the Borrower shall not be required to grant or create any
consensual  or  voluntary  lien on or  security  interest  in any of its  assets
pursuant  to this  Section  5.7.  Upon the  exercise  by the Agent of any power,
right,  privilege or remedy pursuant to the Loan Instruments  which requires any
consent, approval,  registration,  qualification or authorization of any Person,
the Borrower will execute and deliver,  or will cause the execution and delivery
of, all applications,  certificates,  instruments and other documents and papers
that the  Agent  requires  in  order  to  obtain  any  such  consent,  approval,
registration, qualification or authorization.

           5.8. Preservation of Existence, Leases, etc. The Borrower will at all
times  preserve  and keep in full force and effect,  to the extent  necessary to
prevent a Material Adverse Effect,  its corporate  existence,  rights,  patents,
trademarks,  service  marks,  trade names,  copyrights,  licenses,  consents and
authorizations  and operating leases and Capital Leases to which the Borrower is
a party,  other than any changes to any of the same  effected by the Borrower in
the  ordinary  course  of  business,  and the  Borrower  shall  comply  with all
applicable laws and regulations.

           5.9. Comprehensive General Liability Insurance. The Borrower will, in
addition to obtaining and maintaining  all insurance  required under Section 5.1
hereof,  obtain and maintain  comprehensive  general liability insurance with an
insurance  company  licensed  to do business  in all  jurisdictions  wherein the
Borrower  transacts  business in such amounts and upon such terms and conditions
as are reasonably  satisfactory to the Agent;  the Agent  acknowledges  that the
insurance  currently  maintained by the Borrower as described in the Certificate
of Insurance delivered to the Agent satisfies the provisions of this Section 5.9
as of the Closing Date.



<PAGE>


           5.10.  Hazardous Materials.

           5.10A. The Borrower covenants that (i) the Borrower  will not violate
any  Environmental  Law,  as  such  term  is  defined in Section 4.20 hereof, in
connection with the use, ownership, lease, maintenance or operation of all real
property  owned or  leased by it and the  conduct of  business  thereon if  such
violation  would  result in or could  reasonably  be foreseen as  resulting in a
Material Adverse Effect, and (ii) the Borrower, its agents,  employees,  lessees
and independent contractors,  will operate the Borrower's real property and will
receive,  handle,  use,  store,  treat,  transport  and dispose of all Hazardous
Substances, as such term is defined in Section 4.20 hereof, in compliance in all
material  respects  with all  Environmental  Laws;  provided,  in the  event the
Borrower receives notice from any appropriate  governmental agency to the effect
that the Borrower is in violation of any  Environmental  Law, the same shall not
constitute a default  hereunder to the extent the Borrower  seeks to correct any
such violation in good faith and with due diligence.

           5.10B. If   the   Borrower   receives  any  written  notice  from any
governmental agency or "potentially responsible party" within the meaning of the
Environmental  Laws  regarding  (i) the  happening  of any event  involving  any
Hazardous Substance,  or (ii) any noncompliance with regard to any environmental
matter,  and as a result  thereof the Borrower  would suffer a Material  Adverse
Effect,  the Borrower shall  immediately  notify the Banks orally and in writing
thereof  and shall  provide  the Banks  with  copies  of any  written  notice or
information.

           5.10C. The Borrower agrees to indemnify each Bank and  hold each Bank
harmless from  and  against  any  and  all losses, liabilities, including strict
liability,  damages, injuries,  expenses,  including reasonable attorneys' fees,
claims for damage to the environment, claims for fines or civil penalties, costs
of any settlement or judgment and claims of any and every kind whatsoever  paid,
incurred or suffered  by or  asserted  against the Bank by any Person for,  with
respect to or as a direct or  indirect  result of the  presence  on or under the
Borrower's  property of, or the release or threatened  release or transportation
of, any Hazardous  Substance or arising under any  Environmental  Law;  provided
that the incurrence by any such Bank of any such losses,  liabilities,  damages,
injuries,  expenses,  claims for damage to the environment,  claims for fines or
civil penalties, costs of any settlement or judgment and other claims is not the
result of any gross negligence or willful misconduct committed by that Bank. The
Borrower's  indemnification  obligations hereunder include,  without limitation,
costs  incurred  by any  Bank  in  connection  with  any  investigation  of site
conditions or any clean up, removal or restoration work required by any federal,
state or local governmental agency or political subdivision because of Hazardous
Substances  present in or about the  Borrower's  property.  The  indemnification
obligations of the Borrower shall survive the payment of the  Obligations to the
Banks and the termination of this Loan Agreement.

           5.11. Compliance by Consolidated Subsidiaries. The Borrower covenants
and agrees to cause each of its Consolidated Subsidiaries,  whether now existing
or hereafter created or acquired,  to comply with all of the covenants set forth
in Section 5 and Sections 6.1 through 6.7 and Section 6.12 hereof. The covenants
set forth in Sections 6.8 through 6.11 hereof are


<PAGE>


calculated on a consolidated  basis and shall be determined  solely by reference
to the  consolidated  financial  statements of the Borrower and its Consolidated
Subsidiaries.

           5.12. Delivery of Guaranties.  Borrower shall cause each Consolidated
Subsidiary  of Borrower  formed or acquired  hereafter to execute and deliver to
the  Agent,   contemporaneously   with  such  entity   becoming  a  Consolidated
Subsidiary,  a certificate of existence for such  Guarantor  dated within thirty
(30) days of delivery of the Guaranty  Agreement,  a copy of  resolutions of the
Board of Directors of Guarantor  authorizing  the  execution and delivery of the
Guaranty  Agreement,  and an opinion of counsel to the  Guarantor  addressed  to
Agent and Banks  confirming  the due  execution  and  delivery  of the  Guaranty
Agreement and such other matters as Agent reasonably requests.

                                    SECTION 6
                               NEGATIVE COVENANTS

      6. Negative Covenants. The Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that until
the  Revolving  Notes have been paid in full to the  Banks,  the  Borrower  will
perform and observe all of the following provisions:

           6.1.  Mergers,  Dissolutions,  Asset  Sales and  Other  Extraordinary
Events.  The  Borrower  will not,  without  the  prior  written  consent  of the
Requisite Banks, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld:

      (a) Be or become a party to any consolidation,  reorganization (including,
without limitation,  the types referred to in Section 368 of the Code) merger or
recapitalization,  other than (i) any merger of a Consolidated  Subsidiary  into
the  Borrower,  (ii)  any  merger  of a  Consolidated  Subsidiary  into  another
Consolidated  Subsidiary,  or (iii) any merger pursuant to which the Borrower or
any Consolidated Subsidiary of the Borrower is the surviving corporation; or

      (b) Sell, lease, assign,  transfer or dispose of all or a material portion
of its assets other than in the ordinary  course of the  Borrower's  business as
historically conducted and as necessary to conclude a Permitted Securitization.

           6.2.  Indebtedness.  The Borrower will not, without the prior written
consent of the Requisite Banks,  directly or indirectly,  create, incur, assume,
guarantee,  agree to purchase or  repurchase  or provide funds in respect of, or
otherwise   become  liable  with  respect  to  any  Indebtedness  or  Contingent
Obligation other than

      (a) the Revolving Notes;

      (b) current  liabilities of the Borrower  (other than for borrowed  money)
incurred in the ordinary course of its business and in accordance with customary
trade practices;


<PAGE>



      (c)  Indebtedness  not to exceed Fifteen Million Dollars  ($15,000,000) in
the aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding constituted by any of
the  following:  [i]  Purchase  Money  Indebtedness  incurred by the Borrower to
finance Capital Expenditures,  subject to the limitation that any Purchase Money
Indebtedness  may only be secured by those assets  acquired by the Borrower with
the  proceeds  of such  Purchase  Money  Indebtedness;  plus [ii] any  unsecured
Indebtedness incurred to the owners of the stock and/or sellers of the assets of
an acquired Target Person in conjunction  with the closing of and as part of the
consideration for the acquisition of the stock or assets of that Target Person;

      (d) Indebtedness the proceeds of which are used to permanently  reduce the
Revolving Loan Commitments pursuant to Section 2.4A(i) hereof;

      (e) the  Indebtedness  and Contingent  Obligations  identified on Schedule
4.10 annexed hereto;

      (f)  Contingent  Obligations  or  other  Indebtedness  associated  with  a
Permitted Securitization;

      (g) the Swing Line Note;

      (h) the Senior Notes; and

      (i) the Note Purchasers Guaranty Agreements,  provided neither of the same
is modified or amended without the prior written consent of the Banks.

           6.3. Use of Assets. The Borrower will not use, or cause or permit the
use of, any of its assets in any manner which could result in a Material Adverse
Effect.

           6.4. Liens.  The Borrower will not, without the prior written consent
of the Requisite Banks,  directly or indirectly create,  incur, assume or permit
to continue in existence  (other than existing Liens  permitted  under this Loan
Agreement),  any Lien on, or pledge or deposit of, or conditional  sale or other
title retention agreement  (including any Capital Lease which in accordance with
GAAP would constitute  Indebtedness)  with respect to, any property or asset now
owned or hereafter  acquired by the Borrower,  provided that the restrictions in
this Section 6.4 shall not prohibit:

      (a) Liens securing all Purchase Money Indebtedness permitted under Section
6.2(c)  hereof,  provided that (i) each such Lien shall at all times be confined
solely to the item of property acquired with the proceeds of such Purchase Money
Indebtedness, and (ii) no such Lien shall be permitted unless at the time of the
creation of such Lien the incurrence of such Purchase Money  Indebtedness  would
be permitted by Section 6.2 hereof;


<PAGE>



      (b) liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges the payment
of which is not at the time required for the reasons set forth by the proviso to
the first sentence of Section 5.2(a);

      (c)  statutory  liens of landlords  and liens of  carriers,  warehousemen,
mechanics,  contractors  and  materialmen  incurred  in the  ordinary  course of
business  for sums not yet due or being  contested by the Borrower in good faith
and by appropriate  proceedings promptly initiated and diligently conducted,  if
the Borrower  shall have made such reserve or other  appropriate  provision,  if
any, as shall be required by GAAP in connection therewith;

      (d) Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary  course of business in
connection with worker's compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of
social security or to secure the performance of tenders,  statutory obligations,
surety and appeal bonds, bids, leases, performance and return of money bonds and
other similar obligations  (exclusive of obligations for the payment of borrowed
money) for sums not yet due or being contested by the Borrower in good faith and
by appropriate  proceedings promptly initiated and diligently conducted,  if the
Borrower shall have made such reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as
shall be required by GAAP in connection therewith;

      (e) easements,  rights-of-way,  restrictions  and other similar charges or
encumbrances  incurred in the  ordinary  course of business  which do not in the
aggregate  materially  detract from the value of the property of the Borrower or
materially  impair the use thereof in the operation of its business and which do
not interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Borrower;

      (f)  Liens,  charges,  encumbrances  and  priority  claims  which  (i) are
incidental  to the conduct of the business of the Borrower and the  ownership of
its  properties  and  assets,  (ii) were not  incurred  in  connection  with the
borrowing of money or the  obtaining of advances of credit,  and (iii) do not in
the aggregate  materially detract from the value of the property of the Borrower
or materially impair the use thereof in the operation of its business;

      (g) security interests created under Capital Leases expressly permitted to
be entered into by the Borrower pursuant to Section 6.2 hereof;

      (h) the Liens identified on Schedule 4.10 annexed hereto;

      (i)  common law liens  encumbering  goods  acquired  by the  Borrower  the
acquisition of which has been financed through a "trade" or "commercial"  letter
of credit issued for the account of the Borrower; and

           6.5.  Investments,  Loans,  etc. The Borrower  will not,  without the
prior written consent of the Requisite Banks,  directly or indirectly,  purchase
or otherwise  acquire the stock or other  securities or the properties or assets
of any other Person,  or make any investment in or any loan,  advance or capital
contribution to any other Person, provided that


<PAGE>



      (i) the  Borrower  may  purchase or  otherwise  acquire and own  Eligible
Investments;

      (ii) the Borrower may purchase or otherwise  acquire goods and services in
the  ordinary  course  of  business  and  in  accordance  with  customary  trade
practices;

      (iii) the Borrower may make Capital Expenditures subject to the limitation
on the incurrence of Purchase Money  Indebtedness  set forth in Sections  6.2(c)
and 6.4(a) hereof;

      (iv) so long as no Event of Default  or  Potential  Event of  Default  has
occurred and is continuing or would result  therefrom,  the Borrower  during the
term of the Loan  Agreement may  contribute  capital and/or make loans to and/or
may increase its existing investment in (a) ST Mexico in an amount not to exceed
$10  million  during  the  term of the  Loan  Agreement,  and  (b)  Consolidated
Subsidiaries that also are Guarantors;

      (v) so long as no Event of  Default  or  Potential  Event of  Default  has
occurred and is  continuing or would result  therefrom  the Borrower  during the
term of the Loan Agreement may  contribute  capital and/or make loans to Mi-Tech
Steel,  Inc.,  in an  aggregate  amount  not to exceed  Twelve  Million  Dollars
($12,000,000.00)  and may extend,  renew  and/or  reissue  from time to time any
guaranties  of  payment  up  to an  aggregate  amount  of  Ten  Million  Dollars
($10,000,000)  of the unpaid  principal  of and/or  unpaid  interest on each and
every promissory note now or hereafter issued by Mi-Tech Steel, Inc.;

      (vi) So long as no Event of Default  or  Potential  Event of  Default  has
occurred and is continuing or would result  therefrom,  the Borrower may acquire
the assets or stock of a Person pursuant to a "Proforma Compliant Acquisition."

           For purposes of the foregoing Section  6.5(vii),  the following terms
have the following meanings:

                "Target  Person"  means a Person  engaged  in the  same  line of
      business  as  Borrower,  the  assets  or  stock  of  which  Borrower  or a
      Consolidated  Subsidiary  of  Borrower  desires to acquire  pursuant  to a
      Proforma Compliant Acquisition.

                "Proforma Compliant Acquisition" means the acquisition, with the
      consent of the Target Person (i.e., a "friendly" acquisition), by Borrower
      or a Consolidated  Subsidiary of Borrower of the capital stock or material
      assets of a Target Person in connection  with which Borrower has certified
      to the Agent,  as  confirmed  by written  notice given by the Agent to the
      Borrower on or before three (3) Business  Days prior to the closing of the
      Proforma Compliant  Acquisition,  and pursuant to delivery to the Agent on
      or before ten (10) Business Days prior to the proposed  acquisition of the
      Proforma Acquisition Information and Acquisition Compliance Certificate in
      the form of Exhibit L hereto, that the Proforma Debt Service Coverage will
      not be less than 1.25 to 1.0,  and that  none of the  financial  covenants
      contained in Sections 6.8, 6.9, 6.10,  6.11 or otherwise in this Agreement
      will be violated after giving effect thereto.


<PAGE>



                "Proforma  Acquisition  Information"  means the actual financial
      statements  for the Target Person  solely (a) audited in  accordance  with
      GAAP for the most recent fiscal year then ended,  and (b) unaudited but in
      accordance with GAAP for the Proforma  Calculation  Period,  together with
      proforma  consolidated  financial  statements  of Borrower  and the Target
      Person for the Proforma Calculation Period, which shall include the effect
      of any  Indebtedness to be incurred or acquired by Borrower in conjunction
      with the  acquisition  as well as the  results  of the  operations  of the
      Target  Person,  assuming  the Target  Person  had been made  Consolidated
      Subsidiary  of  Borrower  at the  inception  of the  Proforma  Calculation
      Period,  containing such other assumptions as are in accordance with GAAP,
      together with such other information  concerning the proposed  acquisition
      as the Agent shall request.

                "Proforma  Calculation  Period" means the four  complete  Fiscal
      Quarters of Borrower and Target Person most recently preceding the date of
      a Proforma Compliant Acquisition.

                "Proforma  Debt  Service   Coverage"   means  the  quotient  of
      Proforma EBIDTA divided by Proforma Debt Service.

                "EBITDA"  means  the  sum  of the  Consolidated  Net  Income  of
      Borrower,   plus   Consolidated   Interest   Expense  of  Borrower,   plus
      consolidated income tax expense, depreciation expense and amortization
      expense of Borrower.

                "Proforma  EBITDA"  means  EBITDA for the  Proforma  Calculation
      Period as adjusted  pursuant to the Proforma  Acquisition  Information for
      the purpose of  including  the  proforma  financial  results of the Target
      Person plus the  Permitted  Synergies  to  determine  whether the intended
      acquisition is a Proforma Compliant Acquisition.

                "Permitted Synergies" means those readily identifiable expenses,
      satisfactory  to the Agent and the Requisite  Banks,  of the Target Person
      that will be either  eliminated  or  reduced  as a result of the  Proforma
      Compliant Acquisition.

                "Proforma  Debt Service"  means the sum of (a) 14.3% of Proforma
      Indebtedness,  plus (b) Estimated  Interest  Expense for the four complete
      Fiscal  Quarters  next  succeeding  the  date  of the  Proforma  Compliant
      Acquisition.

                "Proforma   Indebtedness"  means  the  Consolidated  Total  Debt
      existing as of the date of the  Proforma  Compliant  Acquisition  plus any
      Indebtedness to be incurred or assumed as a result of the acquisition, all
      as established pursuant to the Proforma Acquisition Information.

                "Estimated  Interest  Expense" means the product of the interest
      rate actually  applicable to the Revolving  Loans at the time the Proforma
      Acquisition Information is tendered by Borrower to the Agent multiplied by
      Proforma Indebtedness.


<PAGE>



                Anything  contained in the foregoing  provisions of this Section
      (6.5(vi) notwithstanding, the prior written consent of the Requisite Banks
      shall be required as to any  acquisition  (i) that would not be a Proforma
      Compliant  Acquisition but for the Permitted Synergies,  or (ii) for which
      the financial statements of the Target Person are not available or are not
      audited.

           6.6.  Restricted  Junior  Payments.  The Borrower  will not make any
Restricted  Junior  Payments after the  occurrence and during the  continuation
of any Event of Default.

           6.7.  Agreements  and  Licenses.  The  Borrower  will  not  transfer,
terminate,  cancel,  modify or amend,  encumber,  or commit a default under, any
operating  lease or  Capital  Lease to which  the  Borrower  is a party,  or any
license, permit, consent, approval or authorization necessary or appropriate for
the conduct of the Borrower's  business,  if the same would result in a Material
Adverse Effect.

           6.8.  Consolidated  Current  Ratio.  The Borrower will not permit the
ratio of its Consolidated Current Assets to its Consolidated Current Liabilities
to be less than 1.5 to 1.0 as at any Fiscal Quarter end.

           6.9.  Consolidated Total Debt to Consolidated  Total  Capitalization.
The  Borrower  will not permit the ratio of its  Consolidated  Total Debt to its
Consolidated Total  Capitalization to exceed .60 to 1.0 as at any Fiscal Quarter
end.

           6.10.  Consolidated  Interest Expense and  Consolidated  Rent Expense
Coverage Ratio. The Borrower will not permit, as of each Fiscal Quarter end, the
ratio of (a) its Consolidated  Net Income plus  Consolidated  Interest  Expense,
provisions  for all taxes and  Consolidated  Rent  Expense  for the  four-Fiscal
Quarter  period  ended  on  such  Fiscal  Quarter  end,  to (b)  the  sum of its
Consolidated  Interest Expense and Consolidated Rent Expense for the four-Fiscal
Quarter  period ended on such Fiscal  Quarter end, to be less than 2.0 to 1.0 as
at any Fiscal Quarter end.

           6.11.  Minimum  Consolidated  Tangible Net Worth.  The Borrower will
not permit its Consolidated Tangible Net Worth:

      (i) As of  September  30,  1998 to be less  than  Ninety  Million  Dollars
($90,000,000); and

      (ii)  As of each  subsequent  Fiscal  Quarter  end of the  Borrower  after
September 30, 1998, to be less than the sum of the Minimum Consolidated Tangible
Net Worth  required  of the  Borrower  as of the  immediately  preceding  Fiscal
Quarter end plus fifty percent (50%) of the Borrower's  Consolidated  Net Income
for its Fiscal  Quarter  then ended plus one hundred  percent  (100%) of the net
proceeds from any equity offering completed after December 31, 1998.


<PAGE>



           For purposes of this Section 6.11, any net losses hereafter  incurred
by the Borrower will not reduce the amount of the Minimum Consolidated  Tangible
Net Worth  required to be  maintained  by the Borrower  pursuant to this Section
6.11.

           6.12. Transactions with Affiliates. The Borrower will not directly or
indirectly enter into any operating lease or Capital Lease or other  transaction
with any Affiliate of the Borrower which would have a Material Adverse Effect.

           6.13. Change in Manner of Conducting  Business.  Neither the Borrower
nor any Consolidated Subsidiary will engage in any business if, as a result, the
general nature of the business,  taken on a consolidated basis, which would then
be  engaged  in by the  Borrower  and its  Consolidated  Subsidiaries  would  be
substantially  changed from the general nature of the business engaged in by the
Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as of September 30, 1998.

                                    SECTION 7
                         EVENTS OF DEFAULT; ACCELERATION


      7.  Events  of  Default;  Acceleration.  If any of  the  following  events
("Events of Default") shall occur:

      (a) If the Borrower shall default in the payment of any interest on any of
the  Revolving  Notes,  or the Swing  Line Note  when the same  becomes  due and
payable and any such default continues for ten (10) Business Days; or

      (b) If the Borrower  shall default in the  payment of any principal of any
of the  Revolving  Notes or the Swing  Line Note when the same  becomes  due and
payable and any such default continues for ten (10) Business Days; or

      (c) If the  Borrower  shall  breach  or  default  in  the  performance  or
observance of any of the provisions of Sections 6.1, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8, 6.9, 6.10 or
6.11 and such breach or default is not cured  within  thirty (30) days after the
Agent has given written notice of such breach or default to the Borrower; or

      (d) If the Borrower shall default in the performance of or compliance with
any covenant,  obligation or provision  contained in this Loan Agreement  (other
than those  referred to above in this Section 7), and any such default shall not
have been remedied (i) within thirty (30) days after the date written  notice of
such default shall have been delivered to the Borrower,  or (ii) if such default
cannot be cured within such thirty (30) day period, within such longer period of
time as may be necessary to effect such cure, but in any event within sixty (60)
days after  written  notice of such  default  shall have been  delivered  to the
Borrower, provided that the Borrower


<PAGE>


commences to cure the particular  default within such thirty (30) day period and
prosecutes  the cure to  completion  with due  diligence  within sixty (60) days
after written  notice of such default shall have been delivered to the Borrower;
or

      (e) If any material  representation  or warranty  made in writing by or on
behalf of the Borrower herein or pursuant hereto or otherwise in connection with
the  transactions  contemplated  hereby  shall  have  been  materially  false or
misleading  or incorrect  when made and the Borrower  shall have known or should
have  known  of the  falsity,  misleading  nature  of or  incorrectness  of such
representation  or warranty  when it was made,  and the Borrower  fails to cause
such  representation or warranty to cease to be materially false,  misleading or
incorrect within thirty (30) days after written notice of such materially false,
misleading or incorrect  representation or warranty shall have been delivered to
the Borrower; or

      (f) If the  Borrower  shall  default (as  principal  or guarantor or other
surety or otherwise)  in the payment of any principal of or premium,  if any, or
interest on any other  Indebtedness  in respect of borrowed money or any Capital
Lease or in the deferred  purchase price of property  which,  at the time of the
Borrower's  default in the payment  thereof,  has an unpaid balance in excess of
One  Million  Dollars  ($1,000,000.00),  or if  the  Borrower  defaults  in  the
performance  of  or  compliance  with  any  term  of  any  documents  evidencing
Indebtedness of the Borrower or of any agreement relating thereto,  and (i) such
default  shall  continue  for more than the period of grace,  if any,  specified
therein and shall not have been waived pursuant thereto, (ii) the Borrower shall
not be  contesting  the amount or validity  of, or its  liability  for, any such
Indebtedness  or Capital  Lease or deferred  purchase  price of property in good
faith and by appropriate proceedings promptly initiated and diligently conducted
by the  Borrower  and in which all actions  against the property of the Borrower
have been  stayed,  and (iii) the holder of such  Indebtedness  has an immediate
right under  applicable law to accelerate the maturity of such  Indebtedness  by
virtue of such default and expiration of the applicable grace period; or

      (g) If the  Borrower  shall  discontinue  its  business  or shall  make an
assignment for the benefit of its creditors,  or shall fail generally to pay its
debts as such debts become due, or shall apply for or consent to the appointment
of or taking  possession by a trustee,  receiver or liquidator (or other similar
official) of any substantial part of its property, or if the Borrower shall take
any action in furtherance of its dissolution or liquidation; or

      (h) If the  Borrower  shall  commence  a case or have an order for  relief
entered  against  it under the  federal  bankruptcy  laws,  as now or  hereafter
constituted,  or any other  applicable  bankruptcy,  insolvency or other similar
law, or if, within thirty (30) days after the commencement  against the Borrower
of a case under the  Bankruptcy  Code, as now or hereafter  constituted,  or any
other  applicable  bankruptcy,  insolvency or other similar law, such case shall
have  been  consented  to or shall  not have  been  dismissed  or all  orders or
proceedings  thereunder affecting the operations or the business of the Borrower
shall not have been stayed, or if the stay of any such order or proceeding shall
thereafter  be set  aside,  or if within  sixty  (60) days  after the entry of a
decree appointing a trustee,  receiver or liquidator (or other similar official)
of any substantial part of the property of the Borrower,  such appointment shall
not have been vacated; or


<PAGE>



      (i) If a final uninsured  judgment  which,  with other  outstanding  final
judgments  against the  Borrower  exceeds an  aggregate  of One Million  Dollars
($1,000,000.00), shall be rendered against the Borrower and (i) if, prior to the
availability  of any  execution  thereon,  such  judgment  shall  not have  been
discharged or execution  thereof shall not have been stayed pending  appeal,  or
if, after the  expiration of any such stay,  such  judgment  shall not have been
discharged, or (ii) the Borrower shall not have established adequate reserves on
its books in respect of such final uninsurable judgment or judgments; or

      (j) If the  Borrower  experiences  a Change in Control  without  the prior
written consent of the Banks;

then (i) upon the occurrence of any Event of Default  described in clause (h) of
this Section 7 with respect to the Borrower,  the Revolving  Loan  Commitment of
each Bank shall terminate and the respective  unpaid  principal  balances of the
Revolving  Notes  together  with all  accrued  interest  thereon  and all  other
Obligations of the Borrower to the Banks shall automatically  become immediately
due and payable,  without presentment,  demand, protest or other requirements of
any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower, or (ii) upon
the occurrence of any other Event of Default  referred to in this Section 7, the
Agent,  with the  written  consent of the  Requisite  Banks at any time at their
option, shall by written notice to the Borrower, terminate the Banks' respective
Revolving Loan Commitments and declare the respective unpaid principal  balances
of the Revolving Notes together with all accrued  interest thereon and all other
Obligations  of the  Borrower  to the Banks to be due and payable in full to the
Banks, without presentment,  demand,  protest or other requirements of any kind,
all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower. Upon the occurrence of any Event
of Default,  the Banks shall have no  obligation  to make  additional  Revolving
Loans to the  Borrower,  PNC shall  have no  obligation  to issue or extend  the
expiration  date of any Letters of Credit,  and the Borrower  shall  immediately
deposit  with the Agent an amount in "good  and  collected"  funds  equal to the
then-existing  Letter of Credit Usage to secure all  Obligations of the Borrower
in respect of all outstanding Letters of Credit.
           Any amendment or modification of this Loan Agreement shall, except as
otherwise expressly provided herein,  require the affirmative written consent of
the Requisite Banks; provided,  notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary,
the following shall require the affirmative written consent of all of the Banks:
(i) the termination,  cancellation or release of any Loan  Instrument,  (ii) the
decrease  in the  interest  rate(s)  borne by the  Revolving  Loans,  other than
decreases in the interest  rate(s) borne by the Revolving Loans by virtue of any
decreases in the Federal Funds Rate or the Adjusted  LIBOR Rate, in each case as
expressly  contemplated  herein,  (iii) the decrease in the Letter of Credit Fee
Percentage, (iv) any extension of the stated maturity date of the Revolving Loan
Commitments  pursuant to Section 2.1B hereof, (v) any extension of the due dates
of any  installments  of  accrued  interest  on the  Revolving  Loans,  (vi) any
reduction in the Pro Rata Share of any Bank except as expressly  contemplated or
permitted in this Loan  Agreement,  (vii) any change in the provision that Banks
holding more than 60% of the Total  Utilization  of Revolving  Loan  Commitments
constitute the Requisite Banks, (viii) any


<PAGE>


amendment,  modification  or  termination of any Guaranty  Agreement  and/or any
release of any Guarantor  from any of its  obligations  thereunder,  or (ix) any
amendment of the provisions of this paragraph.

                                    SECTION 8
                                    REMEDIES


      8.   Remedies.

           8.1. Defaults. Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of any
Event of Default,  the Agent,  at the  direction of the Requisite  Banks,  shall
proceed to protect and enforce the rights of the Banks by an action at law, suit
in equity or other appropriate proceeding,  whether for the specific performance
of any agreement  contained  herein, in the Revolving Notes or in the other Loan
Instruments, or for an injunction against a violation of any of the terms hereof
or thereof,  or in aid of the exercise of any power granted hereby or thereby or
by law. In case of a default in the payment of any  principal of or premium,  if
any,  or interest  on the  Revolving  Notes or upon  acceleration  thereof,  the
Borrower  will pay to the Banks such further  amount as shall be  sufficient  to
cover the costs and expenses of  collection  thereof,  including  (to the extent
permitted by law), without limitation,  reasonable attorneys' fees, expenses and
disbursements (including allocable costs of in-house counsel of the Agent or any
Bank).

           8.2.  Offset.  If any Event of Default  shall occur and be continuing
and regardless of whether or not the Banks have accelerated the maturity date of
the Revolving  Notes or any of the other  Obligations,  each Bank shall have the
right then,  or at any time  thereafter,  to setoff  against any and all deposit
balances and other sums and Indebtedness and other property then held or owed by
that Bank to or for the credit or account of the Borrower, all without notice to
or demand upon the  Borrower or any other  Person,  all such notices and demands
being hereby  expressly  waived by the Borrower,  and in and on all of which the
Borrower  hereby  grants  each  Bank  a  Lien  to  secure  the  payment  of  the
Obligations.  All  amounts  received by a Bank  pursuant to the  exercise of its
right of setoff against any deposit  balances or other sums and Indebtedness and
other property then held or owed by such Bank to or for the credit or account of
the  Borrower  shall be shared pro rata with the other  Banks and applied to the
payment of the Obligations in the manner set forth in Section 12.4 hereof.

           8.3. Rights  Cumulative.  All of the rights and remedies of the Banks
and/or the Agent,  in its capacity as agent for the Banks,  as applicable,  upon
the occurrence of an Event of Default shall be cumulative to the greatest extent
permitted  by law,  and shall be in  addition to all those  rights and  remedies
afforded the Banks at law or in equity or under the other Loan Instruments.


<PAGE>



           8.4.  Payment  of Costs and  Expenses.  All of the  costs,  expenses,
damages  and  liabilities,   including,   without  limitation,   all  reasonable
attorneys'  fees,  incurred  by and imposed  upon the Banks with  respect to, in
connection  with or as a  result  of any  action  taken or  omitted  to be taken
pursuant to this Loan Agreement and the other Loan Instruments shall be paid by,
and shall be the sole and joint and several responsibility of, the Borrower.

                                    SECTION 9
                                    THE AGENT


      9.   The Agent.

           9.1. Appointment.  Each Bank hereby irrevocably designates,  appoints
and  authorizes  PNC to act as Agent for such Bank under this Loan Agreement and
to execute  and  deliver or accept on behalf of each of the Banks the other Loan
Instruments.  Each Bank hereby  irrevocably  authorizes,  and each holder of any
Revolving  Note by the  acceptance  of  such  Revolving  Note  shall  be  deemed
irrevocably  to authorize,  the Agent to take such action on behalf of such Bank
and such holder under the  provisions of this Loan  Agreement and the other Loan
Instruments and any other instruments and agreements  referred to herein, and to
exercise  such powers and to perform such duties  hereunder as are  specifically
delegated to or required of the Agent by the terms  hereof,  together  with such
powers as are reasonably  incidental thereto.  PNC agrees to act as the Agent on
behalf of the Banks to the extent provided in this Loan Agreement.

           9.2.  Delegation  of Duties.  The Agent may perform any of its duties
hereunder  by or  through  agents or  employees  (provided  such  delegation  is
exercised with reasonable care and does not constitute a  relinquishment  of its
duties as Agent) and,  subject to  Sections  9.5,  9.6 and 9.7 hereof,  shall be
entitled  to  engage  and pay for  the  advice  or  services  of any  attorneys,
accountants  or other experts  concerning  all matters  pertaining to its duties
hereunder and to rely upon any advice so obtained,  provided  reasonable care is
used in the selection of the foregoing experts.

           9.3. Nature of Duties;  Independent Credit  Investigation.  The Agent
shall have no duties or  responsibilities  except those  expressly  set forth in
this Loan  Agreement and the other Loan  Instruments  and no implied  covenants,
functions,  responsibilities,  duties,  obligations or liabilities shall be read
into this Loan Agreement or shall otherwise exist. The duties of the Agent shall
be mechanical and administrative in nature and shall include the duty to provide
to each Bank an executed  original of such Bank's Revolving Note and an executed
original of this Loan  Agreement and a copy of the other Loan  Instruments;  the
Agent  shall  not have by reason of this Loan  Agreement  a  fiduciary  or trust
relationship  in  respect  of any Bank;  and  nothing  in this  Loan  Agreement,
expressed or implied,  is intended to or shall be so construed as to impose upon
the Agent any obligations in respect of this Loan Agreement  except as expressly
set forth herein.  Each Bank expressly  acknowledges  (i) that the Agent has not
made any  representations  or  warranties  to it and that no act which the Agent
hereafter takes, including any review of the affairs of


<PAGE>


the Borrower,  shall be deemed to constitute any  representation  or warranty by
the Agent to any Bank; (ii) that it has made and will continue to make,  without
reliance  upon the Agent,  its own  independent  investigation  of the financial
condition  and  affairs and its own  appraisal  of the  creditworthiness  of the
Borrower in connection  with this Loan Agreement and the making and  continuance
of the Revolving Loans hereunder; and (iii) except as expressly provided herein,
that the Agent shall have no duty or  responsibility,  either  initially or on a
continuing  basis, to provide any Bank with any credit or other information with
respect  thereto,  whether coming into its  possession  before the making of any
Revolving Loan or at any time or times thereafter

           9.4. Actions in Discretion of the Agent; Instructions from the Banks.
The Agent agrees,  upon the written  request of the Requisite  Banks, to take or
refrain from taking any action of the type specified as being within the Agent's
rights,  powers or  discretion  herein;  provided  that the  Agent  shall not be
required to take any action which exposes the Agent to legal  liability or which
is contrary to this Loan  Agreement or any other Loan  Instrument  or applicable
law. In the absence of a request by the  Requisite  Banks,  the Agent shall have
authority,  in its sole  discretion,  to take or not to take  any  such  action,
unless this Loan  Agreement  specifically  requires the consent of the Requisite
Banks or all of the Banks.  Any action  taken or failure to act pursuant to such
instructions  or  discretion  shall be  binding  on the  Banks,  subject  to the
provisions  of Section  9.6  hereof.  Subject to the  provisions  of Section 9.6
hereof, no Bank shall have any right of action whatsoever against the Agent as a
result of the Agent acting or  refraining  from acting  hereunder in  accordance
with the instructions of the Requisite Banks or the Banks, as applicable,  or in
the absence of such instructions, in the absolute discretion of the Agent.

           9.5.  Reimbursement and Indemnification of the Agent and the Banks by
the Borrower. The Borrower  unconditionally agrees to pay or reimburse the Agent
and each Bank and save the Agent and each Bank  harmless  against (i)  liability
for the payment of all reasonable and necessary  out-of-pocket  costs,  expenses
and disbursements  for which  reimbursement is customarily  obtained,  including
fees and  expenses  of counsel and  consultants  (including  allocable  costs of
in-house  counsel of the Agent and each Bank),  incurred by the Agent and/or any
Bank (a) in connection with the preparation,  negotiation,  printing, execution,
administration,  interpretation  and  performance of this Loan Agreement and the
other Loan  Instruments,  (b) relating to any requested  amendments,  waivers or
consents  pursuant  to  the  provisions  hereof,  (c)  in  connection  with  the
enforcement of this Loan Agreement or any other Loan Instrument or collection of
amounts due hereunder or thereunder or the proof and  allowability  of any claim
arising  under  this Loan  Agreement  or any other Loan  Instrument,  whether in
bankruptcy or receivership  proceedings or otherwise,  and (d) in any workout or
restructuring  or in connection with the protection,  preservation,  exercise or
enforcement  of any of the terms hereof or of any rights  hereunder or under any
other Loan  Instrument  or in  connection  with any  foreclosure,  collection or
bankruptcy proceedings, and (ii) all liabilities,  obligations, losses, damages,
penalties,  actions,  judgments,  suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any
kind or nature  whatsoever  which may be imposed  on,  incurred  by or  asserted
against the Agent and/or any Bank,  in its capacity as such, in any way relating
to or arising out of this Loan  Agreement  or any other Loan  Instrument  or any
action taken or omitted by the Agent and/or any Bank hereunder or


<PAGE>


thereunder;  provided  that the Borrower  shall not be liable for any portion of
such liabilities,  obligations,  losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments,
suits,  costs,  expenses or disbursements (A) if the same results from the gross
negligence  or  willful  misconduct  of the  Agent  or any  Bank,  or (B) if the
Borrower  were not given  notice of the  subject  claim and the  opportunity  to
participate in the defense thereof,  at its expense,  or (C) if the same results
from a compromise  or settlement  agreement  entered into without the consent of
the Borrower which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

           9.6.  Exculpatory  Provisions.  Neither  the  Agent  nor  any  of its
directors,  officers, employees, agents or affiliates shall (i) be liable to any
Bank for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it or them hereunder,  or in
connection  herewith  including  pursuant to any other Loan Instruments,  unless
caused by its or their own  gross  negligence  or  willful  misconduct,  (ii) be
responsible  in  any  manner  to  any  of  the  Banks  for  the   effectiveness,
enforceability,  genuineness,  validity  or  the  due  execution  of  this  Loan
Agreement  or any other  Loan  Instrument  or for any  recital,  representation,
warranty, document, certificate, report or statement herein or made or furnished
under or in connection with this Loan Agreement or any other Loan Instrument, or
(iii) be under any  obligation to any of the Banks to ascertain or to inquire as
to the  performance  or observance of any of the terms,  covenants or conditions
hereof or thereof on the part of the Borrower, or the financial condition of the
Borrower,  or the  existence  or possible  existence  of any Event of Default or
Potential Event of Default under the Loan Instruments. Neither the Agent nor any
Bank  nor  any of  their  respective  directors,  officers,  employees,  agents,
attorneys or affiliates  shall be liable to the Borrower or any other Person for
consequential damages resulting from any breach of contract, tort or other wrong
in connection with the negotiation,  documentation or administration of the Loan
Instruments or the collection of the Revolving Loans.

           9.7.  Reimbursement  and  Indemnification  of the Agent by the Banks.
Each Bank  agrees to  reimburse  and  indemnify  the  Agent (to the  extent  not
reimbursed by the Borrower and without  limiting the  obligation of the Borrower
to do so) in proportion to its Pro Rata Share from and against all  liabilities,
obligations,  losses,  damages,  penalties,  actions,  judgments,  suits, costs,
expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature  whatsoever which may be imposed
on,  incurred by or asserted  against the Agent, in its capacity as such, in any
way  relating  to or  arising  out of this  Loan  Agreement  or any  other  Loan
Instrument or any action taken or omitted by the Agent  hereunder or thereunder,
provided that no such  reimbursement  shall be required with respect to expenses
incurred  by the Agent  during the time period  through the Closing  Date and no
Bank shall be liable for any portion of such liabilities,  obligations,  losses,
damages, penalties,  actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements
(i) if the same  relates to or arises out of the  Agent's  gross  negligence  or
willful  misconduct,  or (ii) if such Bank was not given  notice of the  subject
claim and the opportunity to participate in the defense thereof, at its expense,
or (iii) if the same results from a compromise and settlement  agreement entered
into without the consent of the  Requisite  Banks,  which  consent  shall not be
unreasonably withheld.

           9.8.  Reliance  by the Agent.  The Agent  shall be  entitled to rely
upon any writing, telegram, telex or teletype message,  facsimile,  resolution,
notice, consent, certificate, letter,


<PAGE>


cablegram,  statement,  order or other document or  conversation by telephone or
otherwise believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent
or made by the proper  Person or  Persons,  and upon the advice and  opinions of
counsel and other  professional  advisers selected by the Agent. The Agent shall
be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action hereunder unless it
shall first be indemnified to its  satisfaction by the Banks against any and all
liability  and  expense  which  may be  incurred  by it by  reason  of taking or
continuing to take any such action.

           9.9.  Notice  of  Default.  The  Agent  shall  not be  deemed to have
knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Potential Event of Default or Event
of  Default  unless the Agent has  received  written  notice  from a Bank or the
Borrower  referring  to  this  Loan  Agreement,   specifically  describing  such
Potential Event of Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a
"notice of default."

           9.10. The Banks in Their Individual  Capacities.  With respect to its
Revolving Loan  Commitment  and the Revolving  Loans made by it, the Agent shall
have the same rights and powers hereunder as any other Bank and may exercise the
same as though it were not the Agent,  and the term  "Banks"  shall,  unless the
context otherwise indicates,  include the Agent in its individual capacity.  PNC
and its Affiliates and each of the Banks and their  respective  Affiliates  may,
without liability to account, except as prohibited herein, make loans to, accept
deposits  from,  discount  drafts for, act as trustee under  indentures  of, and
generally engage in any kind of banking or trust business with, the Borrower and
its Affiliates,  in the case of the Agent, as though it were not acting as Agent
hereunder  and in the case of each  Bank,  as  though  such Bank were not a Bank
hereunder.

           9.11.  Holders of Revolving  Notes.  The Agent may deem and treat any
payee of any Revolving Note as the owner thereof for all purposes  hereof unless
and until written notice of the  assignment or transfer  thereof shall have been
filed with the Agent. Any request, authority or consent of any Person who at the
time of making such request or giving such authority or consent is the holder of
any Revolving  Note shall be conclusive  and binding on any  subsequent  holder,
transferee  or  assignee  of such  Revolving  Note or of any  Revolving  Note or
Revolving Notes issued in exchange therefor.

           9.12.  Equalization  of the Banks.  The Banks and the  holders of any
participations  in any Revolving Notes agree among themselves that, with respect
to all amounts  received by any Bank or any such holder for  application  on any
Obligation  hereunder or under any  Revolving  Note or other Loan  Instrument or
under  any  such  participation,  whether  received  by  voluntary  payment,  by
realization  upon  security,  by the exercise of the right of setoff or banker's
lien, by counterclaim or by any other non-pro rata source,  equitable adjustment
will be made in the manner stated in the following  sentence so that, in effect,
all such excess  amounts will be shared ratably among the Banks and such holders
in proportion to their  interests in payments  under the  Revolving  Notes.  The
Banks or any such holder  receiving any such amount shall purchase for cash from
each of the other  Banks an  interest  in such  Bank's  Revolving  Loans in such
amount as shall result in a ratable  participation  by the Banks and each holder
in the


<PAGE>


aggregate unpaid amount under the Revolving  Notes,  provided that if all or any
portion  of such  excess  amount is  thereafter  recovered  from the Bank or the
holder making such  purchase,  such purchase shall be rescinded and the purchase
price restored to the extent of such  recovery,  together with interest or other
amounts,  if any, required by law (including court order) to be paid by the Bank
or the holder making such purchase.

           9.13. Successor Agent. The Agent may resign as Agent with the consent
of the Borrower,  such consent not to be  unreasonably  withheld,  upon not less
than thirty (30) days prior written  notice given to the Borrower and the Banks.
If the Agent  shall  resign  under  this Loan  Agreement,  then  either  (i) the
Requisite  Banks shall  appoint  from among the Banks a successor  agent for the
Banks,  subject to the consent to such  successor  agent by the  Borrower,  such
consent not to be unreasonably  withheld, or (ii) if a successor agent shall not
be so appointed  and approved  within the thirty (30) day period  following  the
Agent's  notice to the Banks of its  resignation,  then the Agent shall appoint,
with the consent of the Borrower,  such consent not to be unreasonably withheld,
a  successor  agent who shall  serve as Agent  until such time as the  Requisite
Banks  appoint,   and  the  Borrower  consents,   which  consent  shall  not  be
unreasonably  withheld,  to the  appointment  of, a  successor  agent.  Upon its
appointment  pursuant to either clause (i) or (ii) above,  such successor  agent
shall succeed to the rights, powers and duties of the Agent and the term "Agent"
shall mean such successor agent, effective upon its appointment,  and the former
Agent's rights, powers and duties as Agent shall be terminated without any other
or  further  act or deed on the part of such  former  Agent or any of the  other
parties to this Loan Agreement.  After the  resignation of any Agent  hereunder,
the  provisions of this Section 9.13 shall not by reason of such  resignation be
deemed to release the Agent from liability for any actions taken or not taken by
it while it was the Agent under this Loan Agreement.

           9.14.  Calculations.  In the absence of gross  negligence  or willful
misconduct,  the Agent shall not be liable for any error in computing the amount
payable to any Bank  whether in  respect of the  Revolving  Loans or the fees or
other amounts due to the Banks under this Loan Agreement.  In the event an error
in computing any amount payable to any Bank is made, the Agent, the Borrower and
each  affected Bank shall,  forthwith  upon  discovery of such error,  make such
adjustments  as shall be required to correct  such error,  and any  compensation
therefor will be calculated at the Federal Funds Rate.

          9.15.  Beneficiaries.  Except as  set  forth in Sections  9.5 and 9.13
hereof, the provisions of this Section 9 are solely for the benefit of the Agent
and the Banks, and the  Borrower  shall not have any right to rely on or enforce
any of the provisions  hereof. In performing its functions and duties under this
Loan Agreement,  the Agent  shall act  solely as agent of the Banks and does not
assume  and  shall  not  be  deemed  to have  assumed  any  obligation toward or
relationship of agency or trust with or for the Borrower or any other Person.

                                   SECTION 10
                         ASSIGNMENTS AND PARTICIPATIONS


      10. Assignments and Participations in Revolving Loans and Revolving Notes.


<PAGE>



           10A.  Each Bank shall have the right at any time,  upon prior written
notice to, and with the prior  written  consent of, the  Borrower and the Agent,
which consent shall not be unreasonably  withheld, to sell, assign,  transfer or
negotiate  all or a  permitted  portion  of  such  Bank's  Revolving  Loans  and
Revolving Loan  Commitment to one or more Eligible  Assignees.  Each Bank shall,
following  a demand by the  Borrower  after a demand by such  Bank  pursuant  to
Section 2.2G(ii), 2.6C, 2.8A, 2.8B or 2.8C hereof, or upon the failure by a Bank
to extend the Revolving  Loan  Commitment  Termination  Date pursuant to Section
2.1B  hereof,  sell,  assign,  transfer  or  negotiate  all or any  part  of its
Revolving Loans and Revolving Loan Commitment to one or more Eligible  Assignees
selected or approved  by the  Borrower;  provided  that prior to  receiving  any
confidential  or  other  material  information  regarding  the  Borrower  or the
transactions  contemplated by this Loan Agreement,  any Eligible  Assignee shall
have entered into a  Confidentiality  Agreement;  provided further that any such
assignment  shall  become  effective  five (5)  Business  Days after the Agent's
receipt of (x) a written notice of such  assignment from the assigning Bank, (y)
processing and recordation  fees of Three Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($3,500)
from the assigning Bank in connection  with the Agent's  recording of such sale,
assignment, transfer or negotiation, as provided in Section 10F. hereof, and (z)
an Assignment  Agreement  executed by the assignee and assignor;  provided still
further that no Bank shall make any  assignment  to any  Eligible  Assignee in a
principal amount of less than Five Million Dollars  ($5,000,000)  unless,  after
giving  effect to such  assignment,  the  assigning  Bank will have no Revolving
Loans or Revolving Loan Commitment hereunder;  provided still further, each such
assignment made as a result of a demand by the Borrower pursuant to this Section
10.A  shall be  arranged  by the  Borrower  at its  expense  (including  without
limitation,  the processing and  recordation fee referred to in (y) above) after
consultation with the Agent, shall be to an Eligible  Assignee(s)  acceptable to
the Agent as confirmed in a written notice to the Borrower,  and shall be either
an assignment of all of the rights and  obligations  of the assigning Bank under
this Loan Agreement or an assignment of a portion of such rights and obligations
made  concurrently  with  another  assignment  or other such  assignments  which
together  constitute  all of the rights and  obligations  of the assigning  Bank
under this Loan  Agreement.  In the case of any sale,  assignment,  transfer  or
negotiation  of all or part  of the  Revolving  Loans  and  the  Revolving  Loan
Commitments  authorized  under this Section 10.A,  the  assignee,  transferee or
recipient  shall  have,  to the extent of such  sale,  assignment,  transfer  or
negotiation,  the same rights, benefits and obligations as it would if it were a
Bank  hereunder,  including,  without  limitation  (x) the right to  approve  or
disapprove  actions  which,  in accordance  with the terms  hereof,  require the
approval  of the  Requisite  Banks  or the  Banks,  as  applicable,  and (y) the
obligation to fund  Revolving  Loans directly to the Agent pursuant to Section 2
hereof.  Upon its receipt of any Assignment  Agreement delivered by an assigning
Bank  pursuant to this  Section  10.A,  the Agent shall  record the  information
contained therein in the records of the Agent.

           10B.  Notwithstanding  Section  10.A  hereof,  each  Bank  may  grant
participations  in all or any part of its  Revolving  Loans and  Revolving  Loan
Commitment  to one or  more  of its  Affiliates;  provided  that  (i)  any  such
disposition shall not, without the consent of the Borrower, require the Borrower
to file a registration  statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission or
apply to qualify the Revolving Loans or the Revolving Notes or any other Loan


<PAGE>


Instrument  under  the blue sky law of any  state;  (ii) the  holder of any such
participation shall not be entitled to require such Bank to take or omit to take
any action hereunder except action directly  extending the final maturity of any
portion of the principal  amount of or interest on a Revolving Loan allocated to
such  participation  or a reduction  of the  principal  amount of or the rate of
interest  payable on the Revolving  Loans, or payments due in repayment of draws
under Letters of Credit allocable to such  participation;  and (iii) neither the
Agent nor the Borrower  shall have any duty or  obligation to deal directly with
the holder of any such  participation  but instead shall be entitled to continue
to deal directly with the Bank that granted such participation.

           10C.  No Bank  shall,  as between  the  Borrower  and that  Bank,  be
relieved  of any of its  obligations  hereunder  as a result of any  granting of
participations  in all or any  part of the  Revolving  Loans or  Revolving  Loan
Commitment or other Obligations owed to such Bank to any Affiliate of such Bank.
Each Bank  shall,  as between  the  Borrower  and that Bank,  be relieved of its
obligations  hereunder  as  a  result  of  any  sale,  assignment,  transfer  or
negotiation  of  all or any  part  of the  Revolving  Loans  or  Revolving  Loan
Commitment  of that  Bank  or  other  Obligations  owed  to  such  Bank  made in
accordance with Section 10.A hereof.

           10D.  Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 10.A. hereof, no Bank
shall be  entitled  to  assign  all or any  portion  of its  Revolving  Loans or
Revolving Loan  Commitment  under this Loan Agreement  pursuant to Section 10.A.
hereof unless (x) such  assigning  Bank shall have given the other Banks a first
right to acquire or  purchase  the  portion  of the Bank's  Revolving  Loans and
Revolving Loan Commitment  being  assigned.  The assigning or selling Bank shall
notify  the  Agent of the  amount of its  Revolving  Loans  and  Revolving  Loan
Commitment  it  intends  to  transfer  and the Agent  shall give each other Bank
notice thereof and shall determine  within  forty-five (45) days the amount,  if
any, that the other Banks elect to acquire, such amount to be allocated pro rata
among such Banks in accordance with their respective  Revolving Loan Commitments
unless  such Banks  otherwise  agree to the  contrary.  The  provisions  of this
Section 10.D. shall not apply to the sale by any Bank of  participations  in its
Revolving Loans and Revolving Loan Commitment to any Affiliate of such Bank.

           10E.  In the event any Bank  becomes an  Affected  Bank  pursuant  to
Section 2.1B, 2.2G, 2.6C, 2.8A, 2.8B or 2.8C hereof and the Borrower elects,  at
its sole  option,  to replace the  Affected  Bank with an  Eligible  Assignee(s)
selected by the Borrower and approved of in writing by the Agent, which approval
shall not be unreasonably  withheld,  the Borrower shall, prior to selecting any
replacement  Eligible  Assignee for the Affected Bank,  offer to the other Banks
for a period of sixty (60) days the right to increase their respective Revolving
Loan  Commitments by an aggregate  amount equal to the Revolving Loan Commitment
of the Affected Bank,  such Revolving Loan Commitment of the Affected Bank to be
allocated  pro rata among the other Banks in  accordance  with their  respective
Revolving  Loan  Commitments  unless  such other  Banks  otherwise  agree to the
contrary.  In the event the Banks  (other than the  Affected  Bank) elect not to
increase their  respective  Revolving Loan Commitments or fail to respond to the
Borrower within the sixty (60) day period  referenced  above, the Borrower shall
have the right to replace the Affected Bank with an Eligible  Assignee(s).  Each
Bank agrees that, in the event it becomes an Affected Bank,  such Bank will sell
its Revolving Loan and Revolving Loan


<PAGE>


Commitment  to the other Banks and/or an Eligible  Assignee(s),  as the case may
be, if directed by the  Borrower,  in  accordance  with the  provisions  of this
Section 10.E. The Affected Bank and the Eligible  Assignee(s) shall be obligated
to execute and deliver an Assignment Agreement in favor of the Agent.

           10F. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 10A, no consent of the
Borrower shall be required as a condition to any sale,  assignment,  transfer or
negotiation  pursuant  to Section  10A if such  sale,  assignment,  transfer  or
negotiation  occurs  following a Potential  Event of Default that has not either
been cured in a manner  permitted  under this Loan  Agreement and the other Loan
Instruments  or expressly  waived in writing by all of the Banks or by the Agent
with the consent of all of the Banks.  Without limitation of the foregoing or of
Section 10A,  Borrower shall not unreasonably  withhold its consent to any sale,
assignment,  transfer or negotiation requested by a Bank pursuant to Section 10A
if such request is made with regard to a prospective  assignee  contacted by the
Agent for the purpose of facilitating  the syndication of the funding for all or
part of the  Obligations.  Each sale,  assignment,  transfer or negotiation by a
Bank  pursuant  to Section  10A,  other  than a sale,  assignment,  transfer  or
negotiation  to an  Affiliate  of such Bank,  shall,  at the sole and  exclusive
option  of the  Agent,  be  conditioned  upon the  payment  to the  Agent by the
assigning Bank of a service fee in the amount of $3,500 as a condition precedent
to such sale, assignment, transfer or negotiation.

                                   SECTION 11
                                   INDEMNITY

           The Borrower  shall  indemnify  and hold  harmless  the Banks,  their
respective successors,  assigns, agents and employees,  from and against any and
all claims,  actions,  suits,  proceedings,  costs,  expenses,  damages,  fines,
penalties and liabilities,  including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys'
fees  and  costs,   arising  out  of  and/or  connected  with  the  transactions
contemplated  hereunder.  Provided,  the Borrower  shall have no  obligation  to
indemnify  the  Banks for any loss  caused by the  Banks'  gross  negligence  or
willful misconduct.  At each Bank's request, the Borrower shall, at its own cost
and  expense,  defend or cause to be defended  any and all such actions or suits
that may be  brought  against  the  applicable  Bank and,  in any  event,  shall
satisfy, pay and discharge any and all judgments,  awards, penalties,  costs and
fines that may be recovered against the applicable Bank in any such action, plus
all  attorneys'  fees and costs  related  thereto  to the  extent  permitted  by
applicable law; provided,  however,  that each Bank shall give the Borrower,  to
the extent the  applicable  Bank seeks  indemnification  from the Borrower under
this  Section 11,  written  notice of any such claim,  demand or suit as soon as
practicable  after the applicable Bank has received written notice thereof,  and
the  applicable  Bank shall not settle any such  claim,  demand or suit,  if the
applicable Bank seeks indemnification therefor from the Borrower,  without first
giving  notice to  Borrower  of the  applicable  Bank's  desire  to  settle  and
obtaining  the consent of Borrower to the same,  which consent  Borrower  hereby
agrees not to unreasonably withhold.


<PAGE>



                                   SECTION 12
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

           12.1.   Submission  to   Jurisdiction,   etc.  The  Borrower   hereby
irrevocably  agrees  that any  legal  action,  suit or  proceeding  against  the
Borrower  with  respect  to the  obligations  and  liabilities  of the  Borrower
hereunder or any other matter under or arising out of or in connection with this
loan Agreement or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment rendered in any
such action,  suit or proceeding  may be brought in the United  States  District
Court of the Western  District of Kentucky or in the courts of the  Commonwealth
of Kentucky, as the Requisite Banks may elect, and, by execution and delivery of
this Loan Agreement,  the Borrower hereby irrevocably accepts and submits to the
non-exclusive jurisdiction of each of the aforesaid courts in personam generally
and  unconditionally  with  respect  to any  such  action,  suit  or  proceeding
involving the Borrower and in respect of the Borrower's  property.  The Borrower
further agrees that final judgment  against the Borrower in any action,  suit or
proceeding  referred to herein shall be  conclusive  after all appeals have been
exhausted or waived by the Borrower, and may thereafter be enforced in any other
jurisdiction,  within or outside the United  States of  America,  by suit on the
judgment,  a certified or exemplified copy of which shall be conclusive evidence
of the fact and of the amount of the Borrower's obligations and liabilities. The
Borrower further  irrevocably  consents and agrees to the service of any and all
legal process, summons, notices and documents out of any of the aforesaid courts
in any such action,  suit or proceeding by mailing  copies thereof by registered
or certified air mail, postage prepaid, to the Borrower at the address set forth
in Section 12.3 below or by serving copies thereof upon any statutory  agent for
service of process of the  Borrower.  The Borrower  agrees that service upon the
Borrower as provided for herein shall  constitute  valid and effective  personal
service upon the Borrower  and that the failure of any  statutory  agent to give
any notice of such service to the Borrower shall not impair or affect in any way
the  validity  of  such  service  or any  judgment  rendered  in any  action  or
proceeding based thereon.  Nothing herein shall, or shall be construed so as to,
limit the right of the Banks to bring actions, suits or proceedings with respect
to the  obligations  and  liabilities of the Borrower under, or any other matter
arising out of or in connection  with, this Loan Agreement and/or the other Loan
Instruments,  or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment  rendered in any
such action, suit or proceeding, in the courts of whatever jurisdiction in which
property of the  Borrower may be found or as  otherwise  shall to the  Requisite
Banks  seem  appropriate,  or to affect  the rights to service of process in any
jurisdiction  in any manner  permitted by law. In addition,  the Borrower hereby
irrevocably and unconditionally  waives any objection which the Borrower may now
or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any of the aforesaid actions,  suits
or proceedings  arising out of or in connection with this Loan Agreement  and/or
the other Loan  Instruments  brought in the Circuit  Court of Jefferson  County,
Kentucky or in the United  States  District  Court for the  Western  District of
Kentucky,  and hereby further irrevocably and unconditionally  waives and agrees
not to plead or claim that any such action, suit or proceeding brought in either
such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

           12.2.  Role  of the  Banks.  Notwithstanding  any of  the  terms  or
conditions  hereof or of the other Loan Instruments to the contrary,  the Banks
shall not have, and by their execution


<PAGE>


and acceptance of this Loan Agreement hereby expressly disclaim,  any obligation
or responsibility  for the management,  conduct or operation of the business and
affairs of the Borrower.  Any term or condition  hereof,  or of any of the other
Loan Instruments, permitting the Banks to take or refrain from taking any action
with respect to the Borrower shall be deemed solely to permit the Banks to audit
and review the management,  operation and conduct of the business and affairs of
the Borrower, and may not be relied upon by any other Person. Further, the Banks
shall not have, have not assumed,  and by their execution and acceptance of this
Loan Agreement hereby expressly  disclaim,  any liability or responsibility  for
the payment or  performance of any  indebtedness  or obligation of the Borrower,
and no term or condition hereof, or of any of the other Loan Instruments,  shall
be construed otherwise.

           12.3.  Notices.  All  notices  required  or  permitted  to  be  given
hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be personally delivered or sent by
telecopier,  by express  courier  service or by registered  or certified  United
States mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows (or
to such other  address as to which any party  hereto  shall have given the other
written notice):

If to the Borrower:  Steel Technologies Inc.
                     15415 Shelbyville Road
                     Louisville, KY 40245
                     Attn: Mr. Joseph P. Bellino
                     Chief Financial Officer
                     Telephone: (502) 245-2110
                     Telecopy: (502) 245-3821

                     cc:Steel Technologies Inc.
                     15415 Shelbyville Road
                     Louisville, Kentucky 40245
                     Attn:  John M. Baumann, Esq.
                     Secretary/Corporate Counsel
                     Telephone: (502) 245-0322
                     Telecopy: (502) 245-0542

If to the Banks:     At  the  telecopy  number or  address  specified  below the
                     signature of the applicable Bank

                     cc:  Ms. Arlene M. Ohler
                     Vice President Manager
                     PNC Capital Markets Agency Services
                     Multi-Bank Loan Administration
                     One PNC Plaza
                     Fifth Avenue and Wood Street
                     Pittsburgh, PA 15265


<PAGE>


                     Telephone: (412) 762-3627
                     Telecopy: (412) 762-8672
                     cc:  Arthur A. Rouse, Esq.
                     Wyatt, Tarrant & Combs
                     2700 Citizens Plaza
                     Louisville, KY 40202
                     Telephone: (502) 562-7508
                     Telecopy: (502) 589-0309

           All notices  hereunder shall be deemed given upon the earliest of (a)
actual  delivery  in person or by  telecopier,  (b) one (1)  Business  Day after
delivery to an express  courier  service,  or (c) three (3) Business  Days after
having  been  deposited  in the United  States  mails,  in  accordance  with the
foregoing.

           12.4. Ratable Sharing. Each Bank agrees with each other Bank that (i)
with respect to all amounts received by them which are applicable to the payment
of  principal  of or interest  on the  Revolving  Loans and  amounts  payable in
respect  of the  Letters  of  Credit  or  Commitment  Fees,  including,  without
limitation,  all amounts  received by such Bank  pursuant to the exercise of the
right of setoff  pursuant to Section 8.2 hereof,  equitable  adjustment  will be
made so that,  in  effect,  all such  amounts  will be  shared  among  the Banks
proportionately  in accordance  with their  respective  Pro Rata Shares  whether
received  by  voluntary  payment,  by the  exercise  of the right of  set-off or
banker's lien, by  counterclaim  or cross action or by the enforcement of any or
all of the  Obligations,  and (ii) if any of them  shall  exercise  any right of
counterclaim,  setoff,  banker's  lien or similar  right with respect to amounts
owed by the Borrower hereunder or in respect of the Letters of Credit, that Bank
shall  apportion the amount  recovered as a result of the exercise of such right
pro rata in accordance with (a) all amounts outstanding at such time owed by the
Borrower to it hereunder,  and (b) all amounts otherwise owed by the Borrower to
it, and (iii) if any of them shall thereby  through the exercise of any right of
counterclaim,  set-off, banker's lien or otherwise, or as adequate protection of
a deposit treated as cash collateral under the Bankruptcy Code,  receive payment
or reduction of a proportion of the  aggregate  amount of principal and interest
due with respect to the Revolving  Loans made by that Bank or amounts payable in
respect  of any  Letter  of Credit or any  participation  therein,  or any other
amount  payable  hereunder  (collectively,  the  "Aggregate  Amount Due" to such
Bank),  which is  greater  than the  proportion  received  by any other  Bank in
respect of the Aggregate  Amount Due to such other Bank, then the Bank receiving
such  proportionately  greater  payment shall (y) notify each other Bank and the
Agent of such receipt and (z) purchase  participations (which it shall be deemed
to have done  simultaneously  upon the receipt of such payment) in the Aggregate
Amounts Due to the other Banks so that all  recoveries of Aggregate  Amounts Due
shall be shared by the Banks in proportion to their  respective Pro Rata Shares;
provided that if all of part of such proportionately greater payment received by
such  purchasing  Bank is thereafter  recovered from such Bank,  those purchases
shall be rescinded and the purchase prices paid for such participations shall be
returned to that Bank to the extent of such recovery,  but without interest. The
Borrower  expressly  consents to the foregoing  arrangements and agrees that any
participant  in respect of any Revolving Loan may exercise any and all rights of
banker's lien,


<PAGE>


set-off or  counterclaim  with  respect to any and all rights of banker's  lien,
set-off or counterclaim with respect to any and all monies owing by the Borrower
to that participant as fully as if that participant were a Bank in the amount of
such participation held by that participant.

           12.5. Waiver. No course of dealing in respect of, nor any omission or
delay in the  exercise  of, any right,  power,  remedy or privilege by the Banks
shall  operate  as a waiver  thereof,  nor shall  any  right,  power,  remedy or
privilege  of the  Banks be  exclusive  of any  other  right,  power,  remedy or
privilege  referred  to herein or in any related  document  or now or  hereafter
available at law, in equity, in bankruptcy,  by statute or otherwise.  Each such
right,  power,  remedy  or  privilege  may be  exercised  by the  Banks,  either
independently or concurrently with others, and as often and in such order as the
Banks may deem  expedient.  No waiver or consent granted by the Banks in respect
of this Loan Agreement,  the Revolving Notes or the other Loan Instruments shall
be  binding  upon the Banks  unless  specifically  granted  in writing by a duly
authorized officer of each Bank, which writing shall be strictly construed.

           12.6.    Survival   of    Representations    and   Warranties.    All
representations, warranties and covenants of the Borrower contained herein or in
the other Loan  Instruments or made pursuant  hereto shall survive the execution
and delivery of the Loan  Instruments.  Further,  the  indemnities  set forth in
Sections 5.11 and 11 hereof shall survive the payment of the Revolving Notes and
the other Obligations.

           12.7.  Invalidity.  If any  part  of this  Loan  Agreement  shall  be
adjudged  invalid or  unenforceable,  whether  in  general or in any  particular
circumstance, then such partial invalidity or enforceability shall not cause the
remainder of this Loan  Agreement to be or to become  invalid or  unenforceable,
and if a provision hereof is held invalid or unenforceable in one or more of its
applications,  the parties  hereto  agree that said  provision  shall  remain in
effect  in all  valid  applications  that  are  severable  from the  invalid  or
unenforceable application or applications.

           12.8.  Assignment.  This Loan  Agreement  may not be  assigned by the
Borrower without the prior written consent of the Banks. All rights of the Banks
hereunder shall inure to the benefit of their  respective  permitted  successors
and assigns, and all obligations, covenants and agreements of the Borrower shall
bind its successors and assigns, if any.

           12.9.   Governing  Law.  This  Loan  Agreement  and  the  rights  and
obligations of the parties hereunder shall, in all respects,  be governed by and
construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Kentucky.

           12.10. Section Headings.  The section headings of this Loan Agreement
are inserted herein solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the
construction or interpretation of the provisions hereof.

           12.11. Entire Agreement. This Loan Agreement, the Revolving Notes and
the other Loan  Instruments  constitute the entire agreement among the Banks and
the Borrower with respect to the subject matter hereof.


<PAGE>



           12.12.  Costs and Expenses.  The Borrower agrees to reimburse PNC for
all  charges,  expenses,  out-of-pocket  costs and fees  incurred  by PNC in the
preparation, negotiation, documentation, amendment, execution and administration
(other than the ordinary and customary  expenses of administration) of this Loan
Agreement and all other Loan  Instruments,  including  without  limitation:  the
reasonable  fees of PNC's  counsel  and  agreed  loan or  commitment  fees.  All
obligations  of  the  Borrower  under  this  Section  12.12  shall  survive  the
termination or cancellation of this Loan Agreement for any reason whatsoever.

           12.13.  Time of the  Essence.  Time  shall be of the  essence  in the
payment and  performance  of all of the Borrower's  obligations  under this Loan
Agreement, the Revolving Notes and the other Loan Instruments.

           12.14.  No Oral  Modifications.  This Loan  Agreement may be modified
only in  writing  executed  by the  Requisite  Banks (or all of the Banks to the
extent applicable) and the Borrower.
           12.15.  Counterparts.  This Loan  Agreement may be executed in one or
more  counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed an original  and all of which
shall constitute one and the same instrument.

           12.16.  Delivery to the Agent Only.  Notwithstanding any provision or
inference to the contrary set forth herein, all notices,  financial  statements,
certificates,  documents, instruments and other items or information required to
be given,  provided,  furnished or  delivered  by the  Borrower  under this Loan
Agreement  shall be  delivered  solely to the Agent and not to all of the Banks,
unless the  Borrower  at its sole  option  otherwise  elects to deliver any such
notices, financial statements,  certificates,  documents,  instruments and other
items or information to all of the Banks.

                 [Signatures Commence on Next Page]


<PAGE>


           IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  hereto  have  caused  this  Loan
Agreement to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

                               (the "Borrower")

                               STEEL TECHNOLOGIES INC.

                               By:________________________________
                                          (signature)

                               Name:______________________________
                                          (type or print)

                               Title:_____________________________
                                          (type or print)



                               ("PNC")

                               PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION


                               By:________________________________
                                          (signature)

                               Name:______________________________
                                          (type or print)

                               Title:_____________________________
                                          (type or print)

                               Address:   PNC Bank, National Association
                                          Energy, Metals and Mining
                                          249 Fifth Avenue
                                          P1-POPP-03-3
                                          Pittsburgh, PA 15222-2707
                                          Attn: David W. Mengel
                                          Senior Vice President
                                          Telephone: (412) 762-2524
                                          Telecopy: (412) 705-3232




<PAGE>



                               ("National City")

                               NATIONAL CITY BANK OF KENTUCKY

                               By:________________________________
                                          (signature)

                               Name:______________________________
                                          (type or print)

                               Title:_____________________________
                                          (type or print)

                               Address:   101 South Fifth Street
                                          Louisville, KY 40202
                                          Attn: Deroy Scott
                                          Vice President
                                          Telephone: (502) 581-7821
                                          Telecopy: (502) 581-4424


                               ("NBD")

                               NBD BANK, N.A.


                               By:________________________________
                                          (signature)

                               Name:______________________________
                                          (type or print)

                               Title:_____________________________
                                          (type or print)

                               Address:   One Indiana Square
                                          Suite 7028
                                          Indianapolis, IN  46266
                                          Attn: Randall K. Stephens
                                          Telephone: (317) 266-6704
                                          Telecopy: (317) 266-6042




<PAGE>


                               ("SunTrust")

                               SUNTRUST BANK, NASHVILLE, N.A.


                               By:________________________________
                                          (signature)

                               Name:______________________________
                                          (type or print)

                               Title:_____________________________
                                          (type or print)

                               Address:   201 Fourth Avenue North
                                          Nashville, TN 37219
                                          Attn: Jeffrey L. Howard
                                             Group Vice President
                                          Telephone: (615) 748-5579
                                          Telecopy: (615) 259-4119

                               ("Star")

                               STAR BANK, N.A.


                               By:________________________________
                                          (signature)

                               Name:______________________________
                                          (type or print)

                               Title:_____________________________
                                          (type or print)

                               Address:   One Financial Square
                                          Louisville, KY 40202-3322
                                          Attn: Mr. Phillip L. Marshall
                                          Telephone: (502) 562-6486
                                          Telecopy: (502) 560-8111

                               (collectively, the "Banks")

                               (the "Agent")


<PAGE>



                               PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,  in its capacity
                               as Agent


                               By:________________________________
                                          (signature)

                               Name:______________________________
                                          (type or print)

                               Title:_____________________________
                                          (type or print)





<PAGE>



                                  Exhibit 10.12
                             AMENDED AND RESTATED
                            STEEL TECHNOLOGIES INC.
                       NONEMPLOYEE DIRECTORS STOCK PLAN

1.  Purpose.  The Amended  and  Restated  Steel  Technologies  Inc.  Nonemployee
Directors  Stock  Plan  (the  "Restated  Plan")  is  intended  to  increase  the
proprietary  interest  of  nonemployee  members of the Board of  Directors  (the
"Board")  of Steel  Technologies  Inc.  (the  "Company")  by  providing  further
opportunity  for ownership of the Company's  common stock (the "Stock"),  and to
increase their incentive to contribute to the success of the Company's business.


2.    Shares of Stock.

      (a) Shares  Reserved  for  Issuance.  Shares of Stock  which may be issued
under the Restated Plan may either be authorized  but unissued  shares or issued
shares which have been reacquired by the Company, provided that the total number
of shares of Stock which shall be reserved and available for issuance  under the
Restated Plan shall not exceed 25,000 shares,  subject to adjustment pursuant to
paragraph (b) below.

      (b) Capital  Adjustments.  In the event of a change in the number or class
of shares of Stock as a result of any  reorganization,  recapitalization,  stock
split,  stock dividend,  combination of shares,  merger,  consolidation or other
similar  change  in  capitalization,  the  maximum  number  or class  of  shares
available for issuance under the Restated Plan, and the number or class of Stock
to be delivered hereunder shall be proportionately  adjusted to reflect any such
change.

3.    Stock in Lieu of Directors Fees.

      (a) Mandatory Portion. For each calendar year commencing with the calendar
year beginning  January 1, 1999, each member of the Board who is not an employee
of the Company or any of its subsidiaries  (an "Eligible  Director") and has not
attained,  as of the first day of any such year,  the age of 60, shall receive a
whole number of shares of Stock equal in value to 50% of the annual retainer fee
(the "Fee") to be earned by the  Eligible  Director  during  each such  calendar
year.  Such  shares of Stock shall be received in lieu of the payment of cash in
respect  of 50% of such  Fee.  Such  shares  shall be  issued  to each  Eligible
Director,  in  substantially  equal  installments,  on the scheduled date of the
Regular Meetings of the Board of Directors (the "Normal Stock Payment Date").

      The  number of shares  of Stock  which  each  Eligible  Director  shall be
entitled to receive  pursuant to this paragraph (a) shall be equal to 50% of the
amount of the Fee which  otherwise  would  have been  payable  to such  Eligible
Director  (during the  calendar  quarter)  divided by the Fair Market  Value (as
hereinafter  defined) on the first  trading day of the week which  includes  the
Normal Stock Payment  Date.  "Fair Market Value" shall mean, as of any specified
date, the


<PAGE>


average of the high and low trading price of a share of Stock as reported on the
National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System or, if the
Stock is admitted to trade on a national securities exchange,  on such exchange.
The value of fractional shares shall be paid to the Eligible Director in cash.

      (b) Elective Portion. In addition to the shares of Stock received pursuant
to Section 3 (a) hereof,  for each  calendar year  commencing  with the calendar
year beginning  January 1, 1999: (i) each Eligible Director subject to Section 3
(a) hereof may elect to receive a whole number of shares of Stock equal in value
(determined in accordance  with paragraph (a) above) to either 0% or 100% of the
remaining  50% of his or her Fee to be earned by the  Eligible  Director  during
each such calendar year, and (ii) each Eligible  Director not subject to Section
3 (a)  hereof may elect to  receive a whole  number of shares of Stock  equal in
value  (determined in accordance with paragraph (a) above) to either 0%, 50%, or
100% of his or her Fee to be earned by the  Eligible  Director  during each such
calendar year.  Such shares of Stock shall be received in lieu of the payment of
cash in respect of the  specified  percentage  of such Fee. Such shares shall be
issued to each such Eligible Director,  in substantially equal installments,  on
the Normal Stock Payment Dates. The value of fractional  shares shall be paid to
the Eligible Director in cash.

4.    Timing and Form of  Elections.  Any  election  described in Section 3 (b)
hereof:

      (a)  shall be in the form of a  document  executed  by the  director  and
filed with the Secretary of the Company; and

      (b) shall continue until a director ceases to be a director of the Company
or until he or she terminates or modifies such election by written notice to the
Secretary of the Company, as described below.

5. Term of Plan.  The Restated Plan shall become  effective upon its approval by
the Board and shall apply to all Fees earned by Eligible  Directors for services
rendered to the Company on and after  January 1, 1999.  The Restated  Plan shall
remain in effect  until all  shares of Stock  reserved  for  issuance  under the
original Steel  Technologies  Inc. Non Employee  Directors Stock Plan adopted by
the Board of Directors in 1996 ("Original Plan") have been issued, unless sooner
terminated by the Board.

6.  Administration  of the Plan. This Restated Plan shall be administered by the
Secretary  of the  Company,  who shall  have the  authority  to adopt  rules and
regulations  for carrying out the Restated Plan and to  interpret,  construe and
implement the provisions thereof.

7.  Amendment and  Termination.  The Board may at any time and from time to time
alter,  amend,  suspend or terminate  the Restated  Plan in whole or in part. No
amendment,  modification or termination of the Restated Plan shall in any manner
adversely  affect the rights of any Eligible  Director with respect to shares of
Stock to which he or she became entitled prior to such


<PAGE>


amendment,  modification  or termination or with respect to Deferred  Shares (as
defined in the  Original  Plan) that have been  credited  to his or her  account
pursuant to the Original Plan.

      Except as provided in the Original  Plan in the event the Restated Plan is
terminated, Deferred Shares and Dividend Equivalents (as each are defined in the
Original Plan) shall be distributed at such time and in such manner as the Board
shall determine,  no later than they would have been distributed pursuant to the
election applicable thereto.

8.  Compliance  with  Securities  Laws.  The Company  may  require any  Eligible
Director to whom Stock is issued,  as a condition  of receiving  such Stock,  to
give written  assurances in substance and form  satisfactory  to the Company and
its counsel to the effect that such person is acquiring the Stock for his or her
own account for  investment  and not with any  present  intention  of selling or
otherwise  distributing the same, and to such other effects as the Company deems
necessary or appropriate  in order to comply with Federal and  applicable  state
securities laws.

9.  Right to  Continue  as  Director.  Nothing  in this  Restated  Plan shall be
construed as conferring  any right upon any director to  continuance as a member
of the Board.

10. No  Shareholder  Rights  Conferred.  Nothing in this  Restated Plan shall be
deemed to confer on an Eligible Director any rights of a shareholder with regard
to shares of Stock  until such shares are issued and  delivered  pursuant to the
terms of the Restated Plan.

11.  Compliance  with Rule 16b-3.  This Restated Plan is intended to comply with
the applicable provisions of Rule 16b-3, as amended from time to time, under the
Exchange Act, and shall be construed to so comply.

12.  Governing  Law.  This  Restated  Plan  and all  rights  hereunder  shall be
construed in  accordance  with and governed by the laws of the  Commonwealth  of
Kentucky.



<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT 13
                       1999 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS

Steel Technologies Inc.
Selected Financial Data
(In thousands, except per share results)
<TABLE>
                                                                Years ended September 30
                                            ----------------------------------------------------
INCOME STATEMENT DATA                        1999       1998        1997       1996       1995
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                         <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Sales ...................................   $411,389   $383,907   $345,624   $294,161   $252,730
Cost of goods sold ......................    353,782    339,811    308,448    253,845    222,121
Gross profit ............................     57,607     44,096     37,176     40,316     30,609
Selling, general and administrative
  expense ...............................     26,108     22,144     19,989     18,811     16,185
Equity in net income of unconsolidated
  corporate joint venture ...............      1,095        537      1,609      1,672      1,414
Operating income ........................     32,594     22,489     18,796     23,177     15,838
Income before income taxes ..............     25,233     16,410     13,123     18,169     11,298
Net income ..............................     15,572      9,803      8,502     11,686      7,423
Diluted earnings per common share .......   $   1.38   $   0.82   $   0.71   $   0.97   $   0.61
Diluted weighted average number of common
  shares outstanding ....................     11,256     11,989     12,057     12,064     12,227
Basic earnings per common share .........   $   1.39   $   0.82   $   0.71   $   0.98   $   0.61
Basic weighted average number of common
  shares outstanding ....................     11,230     11,942     11,976     11,980     12,147
Cash dividends per common share .........   $   0.11   $   0.10   $   0.10   $   0.09   $   0.08

</TABLE>

<TABLE>
                                                               September 30
                                            ----------------------------------------------------
BALANCE SHEET DATA                            1999       1998       1997       1996       1995
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                         <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Working capital .........................   $ 89,418   $ 80,319   $ 90,317   $ 65,265   $ 53,385
Total assets ............................    289,105    266,481    257,510    217,141    194,730
Long-term debt ..........................     90,209     88,300     97,190     67,260     68,645
Shareholders' equity ....................    124,439    113,676    108,829    101,361     92,997

</TABLE>

<TABLE>
                                                          Years ended September 30
                                            ----------------------------------------------------
OTHER DATA                                    1999       1998       1997       1996       1995
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                         <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Capital expenditures, including
acquisitions and investments in joint
 ventures ...............................   $ 18,304   $ 25,414   $ 25,341   $  6,473   $ 37,914
Shareholders' equity per common share ...      11.17       9.81       9.07       8.47       7.67
Depreciation and amortization ...........     12,852     11,860     10,500      9,535      7,157

</TABLE>
<PAGE>

Steel Technologies Inc.
Selected Quarterly Financial Data
(In thousands, except per share results)
<TABLE>


Fiscal Year 1999                       First     Second     Third      Fourth
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                  <C>       <C>        <C>         <C>
Sales                                $ 98,203  $106,891   $109,248    $ 97,047
Gross profit                           12,954    14,524     16,112      14,017
Net income                              2,991     3,893      4,482       4,206
Diluted earnings per common share      $ 0.26    $ 0.35     $ 0.40      $ 0.38
Basic earnings per common share        $ 0.26    $ 0.35     $ 0.40      $ 0.38

</TABLE>
<TABLE>


Fiscal Year 1998                       First     Second     Third      Fourth
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                  <C>       <C>        <C>         <C>
Sales                                $ 96,449  $101,287   $ 96,389    $ 89,782
Gross profit                           10,398    12,108     11,883       9,707
Net income                              2,491     3,234      2,857       1,221
Diluted earnings per common share      $ 0.21    $ 0.27     $ 0.24      $ 0.10
Basic earnings per common share        $ 0.21    $ 0.27     $ 0.24      $ 0.10

</TABLE>

Market Price and Dividend Information:

The  Company's  common  stock trades on The Nasdaq Stock Market under the symbol
STTX. At October 31, 1999, there were  approximately 537 shareholders of record.
The Company's  current dividend policy provides for semiannual  payments of cash
dividends.  The following table shows cash dividends and high and low prices for
the common  stock for each  quarter  of fiscal  1999 and 1998.  Nasdaq  National
Market System quotations are based on actual transactions.
<TABLE>

                                                         Stock Price
                                            ------------------------------------
Fiscal Year 1999                             High         Low       Dividends
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                         <C>         <C>          <C>
First Quarter                               $ 9.250     $ 6.063      $ 0.05
Second Quarter                              $ 8.688     $ 6.938
Third Quarter                               $10.188     $ 6.875      $ 0.06
Fourth Quarter                              $12.813     $ 9.188

</TABLE>

<TABLE>
                                                         Stock Price
                                            ------------------------------------
Fiscal Year 1998                             High         Low       Dividends
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                         <C>         <C>          <C>
First Quarter                               $13.000     $ 8.875     $ 0.05
Second Quarter                              $12.250     $10.625
Third Quarter                               $13.813     $ 9.563     $ 0.05
Fourth Quarter                              $11.000     $ 6.625

</TABLE>

<PAGE>
               MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
                      CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

When used in the  following  discussion,  the word  "expects"  and other similar
expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements,  which are made
pursuant to the safe harbor  provisions  of the  Private  Securities  Litigation
Reform Act of 1995. Such forward-looking statements are subject to certain risks
and  uncertainties  that could cause actual  results to differ  materially  from
those projected.  Specific risks and uncertainties  include, but are not limited
to, general business and economic conditions; cyclicality of demand in the steel
industry,  specifically in the automotive market; work stoppages;  risks of year
2000  noncompliance  or  other  business   interruptions   affecting  automotive
manufacturers;  competitive  factors such as pricing and  availability of steel;
reliance on key customers;  and potential  equipment  malfunctions.  Readers are
cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which
speak only as of the date  thereof.  The Company  undertakes  no  obligation  to
republish  revised  forward-looking  statements  to reflect  the  occurrence  of
unanticipated events or circumstances after the date hereof.

          RESULTS OF OPERATIONS - FISCAL 1999 COMPARED TO FISCAL 1998

Steel Technologies  posted sales of $ 411,389,000 in fiscal 1999, an increase of
7% from 1998 sales of  $383,907,000.  The Roberts Steel Company acquired on July
1, 1998 added  $21,300,000  of sales for fiscal year 1999 compared to $5,000,000
for the three months of  operations  during  fiscal 1998  following  the date of
acquisition.   Sales  of  existing  Steel  Technologies  core  steel  processing
operations  increased  approximately  $11,182,000 or 3% compared to the previous
year.  Tons shipped in 1999 increased by 12% while the average  selling price of
steel products  declined  approximately  5% from a year ago. The Company focuses
significant  resources on the automotive  industry and generates a major portion
of  business  from  selling  manufacturing  component  parts  to the  automotive
industry.  The  Company  continues  to  increase  market  share and to develop a
substantial amount of new business with both existing and new customers.

The capital  investments  completed  in recent years have added new capacity and
increased the products and services offered to customers,  creating new business
opportunities  and  enhancing  market  share.  In fiscal year 1999,  the Company
completed the start-up of the Berkley, South Carolina plant and the expansion of
the Willoughby, Ohio plant.

The gross profit  margin was 14.0% in 1999 compared to 11.5% in 1998 as a result
of product mix improvements,  productivity increases,  operating cost reductions
including a reduction in raw material prices. The Company expects an increase in
the price of raw  materials  in fiscal  2000,  especially  in hot rolled  steel.
Strong  demand for steel  products and  reduction in the amount of foreign steel
imports have resulted in firmer raw material prices.  As a result of trade suits
initiated by U.S. steel producers against Japan,  Russia and Brazil,  the supply
of steel from foreign producers has declined in recent months, and may result in
domestic  producers  increasing raw material prices.  Should raw material prices
increase,  gross  margins  could be  negatively  impacted  in the event that the
Company is unable to pass  along  corresponding  sales  price  increases  to its
customers.  Production  cost  efficiencies  and  product  mix  improvements  may
positively  impact gross margins and somewhat offset rising raw materials costs.
Additionally,  increased  use of the  Company's  pickling  facility and blanking
lines are  expected to  increase  the amount of higher  margin  toll  processing
revenue. Toll processing,  primarily of customer-owned  steel,  generates higher
gross margin percentages than the traditional processing of company-owned steel.

Steel  Technologies  continues  to actively  manage the level at which  selling,
general and  administrative  expenses  are added to the cost  structure.  Sales,
general and  administrative  costs  increased  18% in fiscal  1999,  while sales
increased 7% for the current year. Sales,  general and  administrative  expenses
were 6.4% and 5.8% of sales in 1999 and 1998,  respectively.  The  increase  was
primarily  attributable to the additional  expenses from the addition of Roberts
Steel  Company,  and  additional  marketing  expenses to support sales growth of
Steel Technologies Carolinas and Steel Technologies de Mexico.

The Company's  share of the income of Mi-Tech  Steel,  Inc.,  an  unconsolidated
corporate  joint  venture,   was  $1,096,000  in  1999  and  $537,000  in  1998.
Improvements  in demand for Mi-Tech  products and services  positively  impacted
Mi-Tech's profitability for fiscal 1999 as compared to fiscal 1998.


<PAGE>

Interest  expense  increased to $7,361,000 in 1999 from  $6,079,000 in 1998. The
increase  is the result of higher  average  borrowings  used to finance  capital
projects,  the  acquisition  of Roberts  Steel  Company and the charges  from an
interest rate swap valuation.

The effective income tax rate was approximately 38.2% in 1999 and 40.3% in 1998.
The net  decrease  arises  from  an  increase  in the  benefit  due to a  higher
percentage of overall  earnings from the Mi-Tech Steel joint venture,  which are
not fully taxable to the Company,  a reduction  due to higher  portion of income
generated in Mexico which is taxed at a lower rate,  and partially  offset by an
increase  in the  effective  U.S.  federal  income  tax rate as a result of more
income being taxed at the higher tax bracket.

          RESULTS OF OPERATIONS - FISCAL 1998 COMPARED TO FISCAL 1997

Steel  Technologies  posted sales of $383,907,000 in fiscal 1998, an increase of
11% from 1997 sales of $345,624,000. Atlantic Coil Processing (ACP), acquired on
April  1,  1997  and  now  known  as  Steel  Technologies  Carolinas,  generated
$50,000,000 in sales for fiscal 1998 compared to $25,500,000  for the six months
of operations  during fiscal 1997  following  the date of  acquisition.  Roberts
Steel Company added $5,000,000 of revenues for the fourth quarter of 1998. Sales
of existing core steel processing operations remained comparable to the previous
year.  Tons shipped in 1998 increased by 18% while the average  selling price of
steel  products  declined  approximately  6%  from a  year  ago.  Revenues  were
adversely  affected,   mostly  during  the  last  quarter  of  fiscal  1998,  by
approximately $14,000,000 as a result of the General Motors Corporation strike.

The gross profit margin  increased to 11.5% in 1998 compared to 10.8% in 1997 as
a result of customer and product mix  improvements,  increased  productivity,  a
slight reduction in raw materials prices and other operating cost reductions.

Sales,  general and administrative costs increased 11% in fiscal 1998, about the
same rate as sales  increases  of 11% for the same  period.  Sales,  general and
administrative expenses were 5.8% of sales in 1998 and 1997, respectively.

The Company's  share of the income of Mi-Tech Steel,  Inc., was $537,000 in 1998
and $1,609,000 in 1997. The slower than expected start up of the Mi-Tech Steel's
Decatur,  Alabama operation and certain other factors affecting  customer orders
impacted Mi-Tech Steel's profitability as compared to 1997.

Interest  expense  increased to $6,079,000 in 1998 from  $5,673,000 in 1997. The
increase  is the result of higher  average  borrowings  used to finance  capital
projects and the acquisition of Roberts Steel Company.

The effective income tax rate was approximately  40.3% in 1998 and 35.2% in 1997
comparatively.  The increase is  attributable  to a lower  percentage of overall
earnings  from the Mi-Tech Steel joint  venture,  which are not fully taxable to
the Company.

                        LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

At September 30, 1999,  Steel  Technologies  had $89,418,000 of working capital,
maintained  a  current  ratio  of  2.5:1  and had  total  debt  at 44% of  total
capitalization.   The  Company  continues  to  manage  the  levels  of  accounts
receivable,  inventories  and other  working  capital  items in  relation to the
trends in sales and overall  market.  In fiscal 1999,  increased  profits levels
contributed to the generation of $27,309,000 of cash flows from operations.  The
Company  expects  sales  trends to continue to remain  strong in the 2000 fiscal
year  based on order  activities.  Cash  flows  from  operations  and  available
borrowing capabilities are expected to meet the working capital needs associated
with the expected higher sales levels.

Capital  expenditures  for 1999 totaled  $17,704,000,  excluding  investments in
joint  ventures.  The major  expenditures  were for the  construction of the new
Berkley,   South  Carolina  processing  facility,   the  Roberts  Steel  Company
processing  facility  expansion,  the purchase of the building for Roberts Steel
Company, the purchase of property and building for the North Carolina operation,
and initial expenditures for the new Matamoros, Mexico facility. Cash flows from
operations   and  proceeds  from   long-term  debt  financed  the  1999  capital
expenditures.  Steel  Technologies  continues to expand production  capacity and
processing facilities to serve the growing needs of customers.  For fiscal 2000,
the capital  additions  for all  facilities,  including  the  completion  of the
construction   of  the  Matamoras,   Mexico  facility  and  expansion  of  Steel
Technologies processing capabilities are expected to approximate $14,000,000.
<PAGE>

Investing  activities  in 1998 reflects the purchase of 100% of the common stock
of Roberts  Steel  Company  for  approximately  $14,800,000  in cash,  notes and
assumption  of  liabilities.  The Company  funded the  transaction  by borrowing
approximately  $11,300,000  on the line of  credit,  issuing a  $1,200,000  note
payable to a former  shareholder  and  assuming  $2,300,000  in  liabilities  of
Roberts.

Steel Technologies maintains an equity investment of approximately $8,739,000 in
its Mexican subsidiary. In fiscal 1998, the Company increased the ownership from
80% to 90%. In fiscal 1999, the Company  invested  approximately  $4,900,000 for
additional  production  equipment and the start up of the new Matamoras,  Mexico
facility.

As of January 1, 1999,  the Mexican  subsidiary  uses the peso as the functional
currency and the assets and liabilities of the Mexican subsidiary are translated
into U.S.  dollars at the year-end  rate of exchange,  and revenues and expenses
are  translated  at average  rates of  exchange  in effect  during  the  period.
Resulting  translation  adjustments are reported as a component of comprehensive
income. Foreign currency translation gains and losses are included in net income
when  incurred.  Prior to January 1, 1999,  the Mexican  economy was  considered
hyper-inflationary.  Accordingly,  the  Company  used the  monetary/non-monetary
method   of   accounting   for   foreign   currency   translation.   Under   the
monetary/non-monetary   method,   non-monetary   assets  and  liabilities   were
translated at historical  rates of exchange and the functional  currency was the
U.S. dollars.

The Company maintains an investment of approximately $1,000,000,  principally in
the preferred  stock of Processing  Technology,  Inc., a corporate joint venture
accounted for using the cost method.

Pursuant  to a  joint  venture  agreement,  Steel  Technologies  has  guaranteed
$8,250,000  of the bank  financing  required  for  working  capital  purposes of
Mi-Tech  Steel,  Inc. In October  1998,  the Company  contributed  an additional
$600,000  in equity to  Mi-Tech  Steel for the  start-up  of a steel  processing
facility in San Diego, California.  Additional equity contributions to the joint
venture are not expected for the  foreseeable  future,  but if required would be
financed with available funds from the Company's bank line of credit.

Steel  Technologies  has a  $100,000,000  line of credit  agreement  expiring on
December 1, 2001,  with various  variable  options on the interest rate, none of
which are greater  than the bank's  prime.  At  September  30,  1999,  there was
$57,000,000 outstanding on the credit facility.

The line of credit  and funds  generated  from  operations  are  expected  to be
sufficient  to finance  the  capital  expenditure  plans as well as the  working
capital  needs for fiscal 2000.  At this time the Company has no known  material
obligations,  commitments  or demands  that must be met  beyond the next  twelve
months other than the ten-year  private  placement  notes and the unsecured bank
line of credit. The ten-year notes require principal payments through March 2005
and the line of credit is  expected  to be renewed  at the end of the term.  Any
additional  funds will be used for  growth,  including  strategic  acquisitions,
investment in joint ventures,  construction of new plant capacity and investment
in production  and  processing  facilities.  The form of such financing may vary
depending upon the  prevailing  market and related  conditions,  and may include
short or long-term borrowings or the issuance of debt or equity securities.

At September 30, 1999,  Steel  Technologies  had  $90,209,000  in long-term debt
outstanding.  Under  various  debt  agreements,  the Company  agreed to maintain
specified  levels of working capital and net worth,  maintain certain ratios and
limit the addition of substantial debt. The Company is in compliance with all of
its loan covenants, and none of these covenants would restrict the completion of
currently planned capital expenditures or acquisitions.


<PAGE>


On June 30, 1999 Steel Technologies  terminated its long-term interest rate swap
agreement,  which  was  entered  into  to  reduce  the  risk  of  interest  rate
variability.  Under the  contract,  the  Company  agreed with  another  party to
exchange quarterly the difference  between  variable-rate and fixed-rate amounts
calculated  on a  notional  principal  amount of  $30,000,000.  The  termination
generated a deferred gain of $958,000, which is being amortized over a period of
30 months as a reduction of interest  expense  beginning in July 1999 and ending
December 2001.

On January 22, 1998,  the Board of  Directors  approved a plan under which Steel
Technologies  may  repurchase  up to 500,000  shares of its common stock through
January 2001.  Subsequently,  on September 30, 1998,  the Company  increased the
number of shares authorized to be repurchased under the stock repurchase program
from  500,000  to  1,500,000.  Shares  may be  purchased  from  time  to time at
prevailing  prices in open market  transactions,  subject to market  conditions,
share price and other  considerations.  During fiscal 1999 and 1998, the Company
repurchased   approximately   459,000  and  421,000   shares  of  common  stock,
respectively.  As of  October  27,  1999,  the  Company  repurchased  a total of
approximately 926,000 shares of common stock at prevailing market prices.

Steel Technologies believes all manufacturing  facilities are in compliance with
applicable  federal  and state  environmental  regulations.  The  Company is not
presently  aware  of  any  facts  or  circumstances   which  would  require  the
expenditure of material amounts for environmental compliance.

                              YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE

Steel Technologies' Year 2000 project (The Project) addresses the issue of using
two digits,  rather than four,  to define the century.  Any programs with a time
sensitive  software may recognize a date using "00" as the year 1900 rather than
the year 2000, which could result in miscalculations or systems failures.

The  Project  focuses   primarily  in  the  following   areas:   infrastructure,
applications,   manufacturing,  third-  party  suppliers  and  customers.  Steel
Technologies  has contracted  with  Electronic  Data Systems (EDS) to manage the
Project and make the necessary  remediations.  The Project addresses six phases:
inventorying of Year 2000 compliance items;  assessing  priorities to identified
items;  determining the materiality of the Year 2000 compliance items; repairing
or replacing material items not Year 2000 compliant; testing material items; and
implementing  contingency  and  business  continuation  plans  for each  Company
location.

The infrastructure  section consists of hardware and systems software other than
application  software.  The Company  completed all of the testing,  remediating,
upgrading or replacing  of hardware  and systems as of September  30, 1999.  The
application  software  section  includes  both  the  conversion  of  application
software that is not Year 2000 compliant and, where applicable,  the replacement
of software.  As of  September  30, 1999,  all of the  application  software was
remedied and tested.  The  manufacturing  section of the Project  relates to the
hardware,  software and associated  embedded computer chips that are used in the
operation  of all  facilities.  The  Company  estimates  that 10  percent of the
manufacturing  equipment is dependent on date sensitive software and that all of
the  manufacturing  equipment is Year 2000  compliant at September 30, 1999. The
third-party  suppliers and customers section includes the process of identifying
and prioritizing  critical  suppliers and customers and communicating  with them
about their plans and progress in  addressing  the Year 2000  problem.  Detailed
evaluations  of the  most  critical  third-parties  have  been  completed  as of
September  30,  1999  and  communications  with  third-parties  are  continuing.
Contingency  planning  for all  areas  is  substantially  complete.  Alternative
suppliers have been defined and additional inventories of raw and finished goods
will be added. In some areas, manual methods have been defined for possible use.

The total cost related to Year 2000 compliance is not expected to be material to
the Company's  financial  position.  The acquisition of a mid-range  computer in
1995  minimized the exposure to Year 2000  problems.  The estimated  cost of the
Project is approximately  $250,000 of which approximately  $200,000 was expensed
in the year ended  September 30, 1999 and $50,000 was expensed in the year ended
September 30, 1998.


<PAGE>


The  failure  to  correct  a  material  Year  2000  problem  could  result in an
interruption   in,  or  failure  of,  certain  normal  business   activities  or
operations.  Such failures could  materially and adversely  affect the Company's
results of  operations,  liquidity and financial  condition.  Due to the general
uncertainty  inherent  in the  Year  2000  problem,  resulting  mostly  from the
uncertainty of the Year 2000  readiness of third-party  suppliers and customers,
the Company is unable to determine at this time whether the consequences of Year
2000  failures  will  have  a  material  impact  on  the  Company's  results  of
operations,  liquidity  or  financial  condition.  The  Project is  expected  to
significantly  reduce the  Company's  level of  uncertainty  about the Year 2000
problem and, in particular,  about the Year 2000 compliance and readiness of its
material external agents.  The Company believes that, with the completion of the
Project as scheduled,  the  possibility of significant  interruptions  of normal
operations should be reduced.

              IMPACT OF RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

In June 1998,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board issued  Statement of
Financial Accounting  Standards No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative  Instruments
and Hedging Activities" ("SFAS No. 133"). In general, SFAS No. 133 requires that
all  derivatives  be recognized as either assets or  liabilities  in the balance
sheet at their fair  value,  and set forth the manner in which  gains and losses
thereon are to be recorded.  The  treatment of such gains or losses is dependent
upon the type of exposure,  it any, for which the  derivative is designated as a
hedge.  As amended by  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  No. 137,
"Accounting for Derivative  Instruments and Hedging Activities - Deferral of the
effective  date for FASB  Statement No 133," this  standard is effective for the
Company's  financial  statements  beginning October 1, 2001, with early adoption
permitted.  Management of the Company  anticipates that the adoption of SFAS No.
133 will not have a material  impact on the  Company's  results of operations or
its financial position.




<PAGE>
                             STEEL TECHNOLOGIES INC.
                           Consolidated Balance Sheets
                          (In thousands, except shares)
<TABLE>
                                                         September 30
                                                  --------------------------
                                                     1999            1998
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                               <C>             <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents....................   $  12,578       $   4,778
  Trade accounts receivable, less
    allowance for doubtful accounts:
    $1,047 in 1999; $939 in 1998...............      54,389          47,907
  Inventories..................................      80,625          76,523
  Deferred income taxes........................       2,426           1,621
  Prepaid expenses and other assets............         474             748
                                                  ---------       ---------
      Total current assets ....................     150,492         131,577
                                                  ---------       ---------
Property, plant and equipment, at cost:
  Land and improvements .......................       5,829           5,632
  Buildings and improvements ..................      50,418          44,796
  Machinery and equipment .....................     119,148         113,354
  Construction in progress ....................       4,553           4,224
                                                  ---------       ---------
                                                    179,948         168,006
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization       71,995          61,375
                                                  ---------       ---------
                                                    107,953         106,631
                                                  ---------       ---------
Investments in corporate joint ventures              19,858          18,163
Goodwill, net of amortization .................       9,664           9,060
Other assets ..................................       1,138           1,050
                                                  ---------       ---------
                                                  $ 289,105       $ 266,481
                                                  =========       =========
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
   Accounts payable ...........................   $  44,649       $  35,925
   Accrued liabilities ........................       9,139           6,231
   Income taxes payable .......................         595            --
   Long-term debt due within one year .........       6,691           9,102
                                                  ---------       ---------
      Total current liabilities ...............      61,074          51,258

Long-term debt ................................      90,209          88,300
Deferred income taxes .........................      12,904          13,247
Other long term liabilities ...................         479            --
                                                  ---------       ---------
     Total liabilities ........................     164,666         152,805
                                                  ---------       ---------
Commitments and contingencies .................        --              --

Shareholders' equity:
   Preferred stock, no par value;
     authorized shares: 500,000 shares;
     none issued or outstanding ...............        --              --
   Common stock, no par value;
     authorized shares: 20,000,000; issued and.
     outstanding shares: 11,137,421 in 1999 and
      11,582,293 in 1998 ......................      17,140          16,928
   Treasury stock at cost: 880,000 shares in...
     1999 and 421,000 shares in 1998 ..........      (7,123)         (3,792)
   Additional paid-in capital .................       4,909           4,909
   Retained earnings ..........................     111,311          97,071
   Accumulated other comprehensive loss .......      (1,798)         (1,440)
                                                  ---------       ---------
     Total stockholders' equity ...............     124,439         113,676
                                                  ---------       ---------
                                                  $ 289,105       $ 266,481
                                                  =========       =========
</TABLE>

The  accompanying  notes  are an  integral  part of the  consolidated  financial
statements.

<PAGE>
                             STEEL TECHNOLOGIES INC.
                        Consolidated Statements of Income
                    (In thousands, except per share results)

<TABLE>
                                          For the Years Ended September 30
                                          --------------------------------
                                             1999       1998       1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                        <C>        <C>        <C>
Sales ..................................   $411,389   $383,907   $345,624
Cost of goods sold .....................    353,782    339,811    308,448
                                           --------   --------   --------
  Gross profit .........................     57,607     44,096     37,176
Selling, general and administrative
  expenses .............................     26,108     22,144     19,989
Equity in net income of unconsolidated
  corporate joint venture ..............      1,095        537      1,609
                                           --------   --------   --------
  Operating income .....................     32,594     22,489     18,796
Interest expense .......................      7,361      6,079      5,673
                                           --------   --------   --------
  Income before income taxes ...........     25,233     16,410     13,123
Provision for income taxes .............      9,661      6,607      4,621
                                           --------   --------   --------
  Net income ...........................   $ 15,572   $  9,803   $  8,502
                                           ========   ========   ========
Weighted average number of common shares
  outstanding-diluted ..................     11,256     11,989     12,057
                                           --------   --------   --------
Diluted earnings per common share ......   $   1.38   $   0.82   $   0.71
                                           --------   --------   --------
Weighted average number of common shares
  outstanding-basic ....................     11,230     11,942     11,976
                                           --------   --------   --------
Basic earnings per common share ........   $   1.39   $   0.82   $   0.71
                                           --------   --------   --------
</TABLE>


                 Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
                                 (In thousands)

<TABLE>
                                           For the Years Ended September 30
                                           --------------------------------
                                             1999         1998       1997
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                        <C>         <C>        <C>
Net income .............................   $ 15,572    $ 9,803   $  8,502
  Foreign currency translation
  adjustment ...........................       (358)      --          (69)
                                           --------   --------   --------
Comprehensive income ...................   $ 15,214    $ 9,803   $  8,433
                                           ========    =======   ========
</TABLE>

The  accompanying  notes  are an  integral  part of the  consolidated  financial
statements.

<PAGE>

                             STEEL TECHNOLOGIES INC.
                 Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity
                    (In thousands, except per share amounts)

<TABLE>
                                                          For the Years Ended September 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997
                                     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                        Common Stock         Treasury Stock                               Accumulated
                                     ------------------   --------------------   Additional               Other
                                                                                 Paid-In      Retained    Comprehensive
                                      Shares    Amount      Shares    Amount     Capital      Earnings    Loss            Total
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                   <C>      <C>                                <C>           <C>           <C>          <C>
Balances, September 30, 1996 ......   11,962   $ 16,662                           $  4,909      $ 81,161      $ (1,371)    $101,361
Net income ........................                                                                8,502                      8,502
Net issuance of common stock under
  incentive stock option plan .....       33        231                                                                         231
Cash dividends on common stock
  ($.10 per share).................                                                               (1,196)                    (1,196)
Foreign currency translation
  adjustment ......................                                                                                (69)         (69)
                                     -------   --------     -----   -------       --------      --------      ---------    --------
Balances, September 30, 1997 ......   11,995     16,893       --       --            4,909        88,467        (1,440)     108,829
Net income ........................                                                                9,803                      9,803
Net issuance of common stock under
   incentive stock option plan.....        8         35                                                                          35
Repurchase of common stock under
   stock repurchase program........     (421)                 421   $(3,792)                                                 (3,792)
Cash dividends on common stock
  ($.10 per share).................                                                               (1,199)                    (1,199)
                                     -------   --------     -----   -------       --------      ---------     --------     --------
Balances, September 30, 1998 ......   11,582     16,928       421    (3,792)         4,909        97,071        (1,440)     113,676
Net income ........................                                                               15,572                     15,572
Net issuance of common stock under
   incentive stock option plan ....       14        212       --          2                          (92)                       122
Repurchase of common stock under
   stock repurchase program .......     (459)                 459    (3,333)                                                 (3,333)
Cash dividends on common stock
  ($.11 per share) ................                                                               (1,240)                    (1,240)
Foreign currency translation
  adjustment ......................                                                                               (358)        (358)
                                     -------   --------     -----   -------       --------      --------      --------     --------
Balances, September 30, 1999 ......   11,137   $ 17,140       880   $(7,123)      $  4,909      $111,311      $ (1,798)    $124,439
                                     =======   ========     =====   =======       ========      ========      ========     ========
</TABLE>

The  accompanying  notes  are an  integral  part of the  consolidated  financial
statements.


<PAGE>

                             STEEL TECHNOLOGIES INC.
                     Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
                                 (In thousands)

<TABLE>
                                                                       For the Years ended September 30
                                                                       --------------------------------
                                                                         1999        1998        1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                    <C>         <C>         <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net income .......................................................   $ 15,572    $  9,803    $  8,502
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
    provided by (used in) operating activities:
      Depreciation .................................................     12,468      11,573      10,364
      Amortization .................................................        384         287         136
      Deferred income taxes ........................................     (1,148)      1,805       1,637
      Equity in net income of corporate joint venture ..............     (1,095)       (537)     (1,609)
      Loss (gain) on sale of property plant and equipment ..........       (276)          5           4
      Increase (decrease) in cash resulting
        from changes in:
          Trade accounts receivable ................................     (6,127)     (2,175)        610
          Inventories ..............................................     (4,481)     10,571     (15,123)
          Prepaid expenses and other assets ........................       (404)        288      (1,141)
          Accounts payable .........................................      8,513       1,514      (5,816)
          Accrued liabilities ......................................      3,903       1,502        (125)
                                                                       --------    --------    --------
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities ................     27,309      34,636      (2,561)
                                                                       --------    --------    --------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Purchases of property, plant and equipment .......................    (17,704)    (14,186)     (9,481)
  Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment ..............      3,626        --             7
  Acquisition, net of cash acquired ................................       --       (11,228)    (10,860)
  Investment in unconsolidated corporate joint ventures ............       (600)       --        (5,000)
                                                                       --------    --------    --------
Net cash used in investing activities ..............................    (14,678)    (25,414)    (25,334)

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Proceeds from long-term debt .....................................     24,800      12,000      28,500
  Principal payments on long-term debt .............................    (25,303)    (15,183)       (385)
  Cash dividends on common stock ...................................     (1,240)     (1,199)     (1,196)
  Repurchase of common stock .......................................     (3,331)     (3,792)       --
  Net issuance of common stock under
    stock option plans .............................................        122          35         231
                                                                       --------    --------    --------
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities ................     (4,952)     (8,139)     27,150
                                                                       --------    --------    --------
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash ............................        121         228          (6)
                                                                       --------    --------    --------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents ...............      7,800       1,310        (751)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year .......................      4,778       3,467       4,218
                                                                       --------    --------    --------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year .............................   $ 12,578    $  4,777    $  3,467
                                                                       ========    ========    ========

Supplemental Cash Flow Disclosures:
  Cash payments for interest .......................................   $  7,005    $  6,294    $  5,652
  Cash payments for taxes ..........................................   $  9,752    $  4,532    $  3,693

Supplemental Schedule of Noncash Investing and Financing Activities:
  acquired of $457 and $8, respectively ............................               $ 14,810    $ 19,600
Liabilities assumed ................................................                  3,582       8,740
                                                                                   --------    --------
Net cash paid ......................................................               $ 11,228    $ 10,860
                                                                                   ========    ========
</TABLE>

The  accompanying  notes  are an  integral  part of the  consolidated  financial
statements.


<PAGE>

Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements

1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:
Description of the Business:  Steel  Technologies Inc. is an intermediate  steel
processor  engaged in the business of processing  flat rolled steel to specified
thickness,  width, temper and finish  requirements for customers'  manufacturing
processes. A majority of its sales are to industrial customers in North America,
manufacturing component parts for use in the automotive industry.

Principles of Consolidation:  The consolidated  financial statements include the
accounts of Steel  Technologies  Inc. and its  majority-owned  subsidiaries (the
Company).  The Company's  investments in corporate  joint ventures are accounted
for by the cost or equity method based on the percentage of common ownership and
control. All significant  intercompany  transactions have been eliminated.

Cash and  Cash  Equivalents: Cash and cash equivalents   include  highly  liquid
investments  with an original  maturity of three  months or less.  The  carrying
value of cash equivalents approximates fair value due to the short-term maturity
of the securities.

Inventories:  Inventories  are  valued at the lower of cost  or  market. Cost is
determined  using the specific  identification  method for all inventories.

Depreciation and Amortization:  Depreciation is computed using the
straight-line method with the following estimated useful lives:

      Buildings and improvements          20-45 years
      Machinery and equipment              3-12 years

When  properties  are  retired or  otherwise  disposed  of, the cost and related
accumulated  depreciation  are removed from the accounts with any resulting gain
or loss reflected in results of operations. Maintenance and repairs are expensed
in the year incurred. The Company capitalizes interest costs as part of the cost
of  constructing  major  facilities.  Interest  costs of $162,000,  $328,000 and
$202,000 were capitalized in 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

Goodwill  represents  the  excess of the  purchase  price  over the value of net
assets acquired through acquisitions  accounted for using the purchase method of
accounting.  Goodwill  is  being  amortized  on a  straight-line  basis  over  a
weighted-average  life  of  30  years.  Accumulated  amortization   approximated
$287,000 and $384,000 at September 30, 1999 and 1998, respectively. In the event
that facts and  circumstances  indicate  that the carrying  value of  long-lived
assets may be impaired,  an evaluation of recoverability would be performed.  If
an  evaluation  is  required,  the  estimated  future  undiscounted  cash  flows
associated  with an asset would be compared  to the  asset's  carrying  value to
determine  if a  write-down  to market  value or  discounted  cash flow value is
required.

Revenue  Recognition:  The Company  recognizes  revenue  when goods are shipped.

Earnings Per Common  Share:  Earnings per share for all periods  presented  have
been  calculated  and  presented  in  accordance  with  Statement  of  Financial
Accounting  Standards (SFAS) No. 128,  "Earnings Per Share".  Basic earnings per
share excludes  dilution and is computed by dividing income  available to common
shareholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the
period.  Diluted  earnings per share reflect the  potential  dilution that could
occur if securities or other  contracts to issue common stock were  exercised or
converted  into common  stock or resulted in the  issuance of common  stock that
then shared in the earnings of the Company.

Foreign Currency Translation: As of January 1, 1999, the Mexican  subsidiary use
the  peso  as  the  functional  currency  and  the assets and liabilities of the
Mexican  subsidiary  are  translated  into U.S.  dollars at the year-end rate of
exchange,  and revenues and expenses are translated at average rates of exchange
in effect during the period. Resulting translation adjustments are reported as a
component of comprehensive income. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses
are included in net income when incurred.  Prior to January 1, 1999, the Mexican
economy was  considered  hyper-inflationary.  Accordingly,  the Company used the
monetary/non-monetary  method of accounting  for foreign  currency  translation.
Under the monetary/non-monetary method, non-monetary assets and liabilities were
translated at historical  rates of exchange and the functional  currency was the
U.S. dollars.
<PAGE>

Impact of New Accounting Standards:  Beginning with the first  quarter of fiscal
1999, the Company adopted SFAS No. 130, "Reporting  Comprehensive  Income". SFAS
No. 130 establishes new standards for the reporting and display of comprehensive
income  and  its  components.  The  disclosures  required  by SFAS  No.  130 are
presented  in the  Consolidated  Statement  of  Stockholders'  Equity and in the
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income. The Company does not provide for
U.S. income taxes on foreign currency  translation  adjustments  because it does
not provide for such taxes on undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries. In
addition,  SFAS No. 131 "Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related
Information"  became  effective for the year ended  September 30, 1999. SFAS No.
131 requires  disclosure of certain  information  regarding  operating segments,
products and services,  geographic areas of operation and major customers.  This
statement does not have an impact on the Company's  disclosures,  as the Company
operates in only one reportable  segment.  Use of Estimates:  The preparation of
financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles
requires  management to make estimates and assumptions  that affect the reported
amounts  of assets and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of  contingent  assets and
liabilities at the date of the financial  statements and the reported amounts of
revenues and expenses during the reporting  period.  Actual results could differ
from those estimates.

2.    ACQUISITIONS:
On July 1, 1998, the Company  completed the purchase of 100% of the common stock
of Roberts Steel Company (Roberts) for approximately  $14,800,000 in cash, notes
and assumption of  liabilities.  The Company funded the transaction by borrowing
approximately  $11,300,000  on the line of  credit,  issuing a  $1,200,000  note
payable to a former Roberts  shareholder and assuming  $2,300,000 in liabilities
of Roberts.  During 1999, the Company paid the previous  shareholders of Roberts
$500,000  in  additional   consideration  recorded  as  additional  goodwill  in
accordance  with  Emerging  Issue Task Force  Issue No.  95-8,  "Accounting  for
Contingent Consideration Paid to the Shareholders of an Acquired Enterprise in a
Purchase Business Combination".

On April 1, 1997, the Company completed the purchase of 100% of the common stock
of Atlantic Coil Processing,  Inc. (ACP) for approximately  $19,625,000 in cash,
notes and  assumption of  liabilities.  The Company  funded the  transaction  by
borrowing approximately  $10,900,000 on the line of credit, issuing a $3,625,000
note  payable  to  the  former  ACP  shareholders  and  assuming  $5,100,000  in
liabilities of ACP.

The excess of the purchase  price over the acquired net assets has been recorded
as goodwill and is being  amortized over 30 years.  The  acquisitions  have been
recorded under the purchase method of accounting,  with the operating results of
Roberts  and  ACP  being  included  in  the  Company's   consolidated  financial
statements since the date of acquisition.

The pro forma impact of the acquisitions was not material during the three years
ended September 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997.

3.  INVENTORIES:
Inventories consist of:

<TABLE>
                                        September 30
                                     ------------------
(In thousands)                         1999      1998
- -------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                  <C>       <C>
Raw materials ....................   $64,139    $66,033
Finished goods and work in process    16,485     10,490
                                     --------   -------
                                     $80,624    $76,523
                                     ========   =======
</TABLE>
4. INVESTMENTS IN UNCONSOLIDATED  CORPORATE JOINT VENTURES:  Mi-Tech Steel, Inc.
owns and operates two high-volume steel slitting  facilities and one high volume
pickling and steel slitting  facility to serve Japanese and domestic  automotive
<PAGE>

and appliance parts  manufacturers  in the United States.  Summarized  condensed
financial  information of Mi-Tech Steel,  Inc., a fifty percent owned  corporate
joint venture accounted for by the equity method follows:

<TABLE>
                                        September 30
                                     ------------------
BALANCE SHEET (In thousands)           1999       1998
- -------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                  <C>        <C>
Assets :
  Current assets .................   $54,675    $45,803
  Other assets ...................    51,481     49,644
Liabilities:
  Current liabilities ............   $42,941    $35,345
  Long-term liabilities ..........    25,605     25,883
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
                                For the Years Ended September 30
                               ----------------------------------
INCOME STATEMENT (In thousands)    1999       1998          1997
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                            <C>          <C>         <C>
Net Sales .................    $143,728     $131,795     $109,482
Net Income ................    $  2,191     $  1,074     $  3,219
</TABLE>

The  Company has various  transactions  with  Mi-Tech  Steel,  Inc.  Included in
operating  income of the Company are  management,  construction  and other fees,
interest earned on advances and equity from the joint venture earnings  totaling
$2,102,000, $1,463,000, and $2,970,000 in 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively. The
Company  is a  guarantor  of  up to  $8,250,000  of  Mi-Tech  Steel,  Inc.  bank
borrowings.  The borrowings  consist of a term note payable due on September 15,
2003,  and a revolving line of credit due December 31, 1999. The term note bears
variable  rates of interest,  which at September  30, 1999 were 7.28% and 6.25%.
The lender has the ability to call the debt if debt covenants are violated.  The
Company's  equity  in  undistributed  net  income of  Mi-Tech  Steel,  Inc.  was
$9,205,000 and $8,110,000 at September 30, 1999 and 1998, respectively.

The Company maintains an investment of approximately $1,000,000,  principally in
preferred  stock of  Processing  Technology,  Inc.,  a corporate  joint  venture
accounted for by the cost method.

5.  LONG-TERM DEBT:
Long-term debt consists of the following:

<TABLE>
                                                              September 30
                                                           -----------------
(In thousands)                                              1999      1998
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                        <C>       <C>
Notes payable, unsecured, interest due monthly at 8.52%    $34,280   $40,000
Notes payable to bank, unsecured under current line of
credit; interest rates at September 30, 1999 and 1998
ranged from 6.15% to 6.19% and from 6.70% to 6.98%,
 respectively .........................................     57,000    49,000
Variable rate industrial development revenue bonds
 payable in annual installments through November 1,
 2014; interest rate at September 30, 1999 and 1998 was
 3.95% and 4.20%, respectively..........................     4,200     4,300
Notes payable at 7.00%, unsecured ......................      --       1,812
Mortgage notes payable in installments through 2003;
 interest rates averaging 8.15% at September 30, 1999
 and 1998 ..............................................       800     1,067
Note payable at 6.50%, unsecured, payable on April 1,
 2000...................................................       600     1,200
Other ..................................................        20        23
                                                           -------   -------
                                                            96,900    97,402
                                                           -------   -------
Less amount due within one year ........................     6,691     9,102
                                                           -------   -------
                                                           $90,209   $88,300
                                                           =======   =======
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

In April 1995, the Company  entered into a $40,000,000  private  placement note.
Annual principal payments of $5,720,000 began March 1, 1999 and continue through
March 1, 2005.

Steel  Technologies  has a  $100,000,000  line of credit  agreement  expiring on
December 31, 2001 with various  variable  options on the interest rate,  none of
which are greater  than the bank's  prime.  At  September  30,  1999,  there was
$57,000,000 outstanding on the credit facility.

The  aggregate  amounts  of all  long-term  debt to be repaid for the five years
following September 30, 1999, are: 2000,  $6,691,000;  2001,  $6,091,000;  2002,
$63,092,000; 2003, $5,826,000; and thereafter $15,200,000.  Provisions contained
in the  Company's  various  debt  agreements  require  the  Company to  maintain
specified levels of net worth,  maintain certain  financial ratios and limit the
addition of substantial debt. The Company estimates that the fair value of fixed
interest debt  instruments  approximate  $36,643,000  at September 30, 1999. The
fair value of the  Company's  debt is estimated  based on quoted market rates or
current rates offered to the Company on comparable remaining maturities.

On June 30,  1999,  the Company  terminated  its  long-term  interest  rate swap
agreement,  which  was  entered  into  to  reduce  the  risk  of  interest  rate
variability.  Under the  contract,  the  Company  agreed with  another  party to
exchange quarterly the difference  between  variable-rate and fixed-rate amounts
calculated  on a  notional  principal  amount of  $30,000,000.  The  termination
generated a deferred gain of $958,000, which is being amortized over a period of
30 months as a reduction of interest  expense  beginning in July 1999 and ending
December 2001.


6.  SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:
In April 1998,  the Company  adopted a  shareholder  rights plan by  declaring a
dividend  of one right for each  share of Common  Stock  outstanding  payable to
shareholders of record on May 14, 1998. Each right entitles  shareholders to buy
one  one-hundredth of a share of series A junior  participating  preferred stock
for $50 per  share.  The  rights  may be  exercised  only if a  person  or group
acquires  20% or more of the  outstanding  shares of common stock or announces a
tender offer or exchange  offer that would result in ownership of 20% or more of
the common stock. The rights currently trade with the Company's common stock and
may be  redeemed  by the Board of  Directors  for one cent per right  until they
become  exercisable,  and  thereafter  under certain  circumstances.  The rights
expire in 2008.

The Company's  Articles of  Incorporation  authorized  500,000  shares of no par
value preferred stock, of which 200,000 shares have been reserved and designated
Series A 1998 junior  participating  preferred stock for possible issuance under
the  Company's  shareholder  rights plan. As of September 30, 1999, no preferred
shares have been issued.

During 1998, the Board of Directors  authorized the repurchase,  at management's
discretion,  of up to 1,500,000  shares of the  Company's  stock.  The Company's
repurchase  of shares of common stock are recorded as treasury  stock and result
in a reduction  of  shareholder's  equity.  The Company  has  purchased  to date
880,000  shares for an aggregate of $7,123,000 as of September 30, 1999.  During
fiscal 1999 and 1998,  the Company  repurchased  459,000 and 421,000  shares for
$3,331,000 and $3,792,000, respectively.

7.  RETIREMENT PLAN:
The Company maintains a 401(k) defined contribution pension plan. Annual expense
provisions  are based  upon the  level of  employee  participation,  as the plan
requires the Company to match a certain portion of the employees' contributions.
Total  retirement  plan  expense  was  $696,000  in 1999,  $513,000  in 1998 and
$513,000 in 1997.  The Company  follows  the policy of funding  retirement  plan
contributions as accrued.

<PAGE>

8.  INCOME TAXES:
The following table represents the components of the provision for income taxes:

<TABLE>

                                           For the Years Ended September 30
                                           --------------------------------
(In thousands)                                1999      1998       1997
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                        <C>        <C>        <C>
Current:
  Federal ..............................   $  7,691   $  3,775   $  2,289
  State, local and foreign .............      3,155      1,027        695
                                           --------   --------   --------
                                             10,846      4,802      2,984
                                           --------   --------   --------
 Deferred:
  Federal ..............................       (555)       649        875
  State, local and foreign .............       (630)     1,156        762
                                           --------   --------   --------
                                             (1,185)     1,805      1,637
                                           --------   --------   --------
                                           $  9,661   $  6,607   $  4,621
                                           ========   ========   ========
</TABLE>

Deferred  income taxes are recorded at currently  enacted  rates and result from
temporary  differences  in the  recognition of revenues and expenses for tax and
financial statement purposes.  The primary temporary  differences giving rise to
the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

<TABLE>
                                                              September 30
                                                           -----------------
(In thousands)                                               1999      1998
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                        <C>       <C>
Deferred tax assets:
  Inventory capitalization .............................   $ 1,492   $   928
  Provision for doubtful accounts ......................       408       354
  Non deductible liabilities ...........................       526       339
                                                           -------   -------
    Total deferred tax assets ..........................     2,426     1,621
                                                           -------   -------
Deferred tax liabilities:
  Accelerated depreciation .............................    10,744    10,986
  Other, net ...........................................     2,160     2,261
                                                           -------   -------
    Total deferred tax liabilities .....................    12,904    13,247
                                                           -------   -------
Net deferred tax liabilities ...........................   $10,478   $11,626
                                                           =======   =======
</TABLE>

A  reconciliation  of the  provision  for income taxes with amounts  computed by
applying the federal statutory rate to income before income taxes follows:

<TABLE>
                                              For the Years Ended
                                                  September 30
                                             ----------------------
                                             1999     1998     1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                          <C>      <C>      <C>
Tax at U.S. federal statutory rate .....     35.0%    34.0%    34.0%
State and local income taxes, net of
U.S. federal tax benefit ...............      4.6      4.8      4.7
Equity in net income of unconsolidated
corporate joint venture ................     (1.4)    (1.1)    (3.7)
Other, net .............................      --       2.6       .2
                                             ----     ----     ----
                                             38.2%    40.3%    35.2%
                                             ====     ====     ====
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

9.  STOCK OPTION PLANS:
Under its employee stock option plans, the Company may grant employees incentive
stock  options to purchase  shares at not less than 100% of market value at date
of  grant  or  non-qualified   stock  options  at  a  price  determined  by  the
Compensation Committee of the Company's Board of Directors.  Generally,  options
are  exercisable at the rate of 20% a year beginning one year from date of grant
and expire ten years from the date of grant.

The  Company  applies   Accounting   Principles  Board  (APB)  Opinion  No.  25,
"Accounting  for Stock  Issued to  Employees",  and related  interpretations  in
accounting for its stock option plans. Generally,  the exercise price of options
awarded  under  these  plans  has been  equal to the  fair  market  value of the
underlying  common  stock on the date of  grant.  Accordingly,  no  compensation
expense  has  been  recognized  for  its  stock-based  compensation  plans.  Had
compensation  cost  for  the  Company's  stock-based   compensation  plans  been
determined  based on the fair  value at the grant date for  awards  under  these
plans consistent with the methodology prescribed under SFAS No. 123, "Accounting
for Stock-Based Compensation", net income and earnings per share would have been
reduced to the pro forma amounts indicated in the table below.

<TABLE>
                                                   For the Years Ended
                                                       September 30
                                                 ------------------------
(In thousands, except per shareresults)           1999      1998     1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                              <C>      <C>      <C>
Net income - as reported......................   $15,572  $ 9,803  $ 8,502
Net income - pro forma                           $15,216  $ 9,533  $ 8,397
Diluted  net income per share - as  reported..   $  1.38  $  0.82  $  0.71
Diluted  net  income per share - pro forma....   $  1.35  $  0.80  $  0.70
Basic net income per share - as  reported.....   $  1.39  $  0.82  $  0.71
Basic net income per share - pro forma........   $  1.35  $  0.80  $  0.70
</TABLE>

The pro  forma  effects on net income are not necessarily  representative of the
pro  forma  effect  on  net  income  in  future years. The fair value of options
granted  during  1999,  1998  and  1997  are  $6.57,  $5.37 and $5.90 per share,
respectively.

The fair value of each option  grant is estimated on the date of grant using the
Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions:

<TABLE>
                                            For the Years Ended September 30
                                           ----------------------------------
                                              1999         1998        1997
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                           <C>          <C>          <C>
Expected dividend yield ...........           1.3%         0.8%         0.8%
Expected stock price
volatility ........................          44.0%        42.9%        42.2%
Weighted average risk-free
interest rate .....................           4.8%         5.7%         6.5%
Expected life of options
(years) ...........................           7.0          7.0          7.0

</TABLE>


<PAGE>



The summary of the status of all of the Company's  stock  incentive  plans as of
September  30,  1999,  1998 and 1997 and changes  during the years then ended is
presented below:

<TABLE>
                                                  September 30
                                ---------------------------------------------
                                  Range of         Weighted
                                   Shares           Option            Average
                                   Under           Prices Per        Exercise
                                   Plans             Share             Price
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                               <C>           <C>                   <C>
Balance, September 30, 1996..     627,625       $ 6.67 - $12.79       $10.37
Granted......................       5,000          $ 11.63            $11.63
Exercised....................    (103,725)      $ 6.67 - $10.67       $ 9.88
Canceled.....................     (14,650)      $10.00 - $11.00       $10.21
                                  -------       ---------------       ------
Balance, September 30, 1997..     514,250       $ 6.67 - $12.79       $10.49
Granted......................     205,000       $11.25 - $12.00       $11.94
Exercised....................     (22,500)      $ 6.67 - $11.63       $ 8.49
Canceled.....................     (73,750)      $10.67 - $11.70       $11.60
                                  -------       ---------------       ------
Balance, September 30, 1998..     623,000       $ 6.67 - $12.79       $10.81
Granted......................      78,000       $ 7.25 - $ 8.73       $ 7.95
Exercised....................     (19,500)          $ 6.67            $ 6.67
Canceled.....................     (48,000)          $10.08            $10.08
                                  -------       ---------------       ------
Balance, September 30, 1999..     633,500        $ 6.67 - $12.7       $10.64
                                  =======       ===============       ======

</TABLE>

The following table summarizes  information about stock options  outstanding and
exercisable:

<TABLE>
                                                             1999
                    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  Options Outstanding:                       Options Exercisable:
                    -------------------------------------------------    ----------------------------
                        Number     Weighted Average                        Number
      Range of        Outstanding      Remaining     Weighted Average    Exercisable      Weighted
  Exercise Prices      at 9/30/99   Contracted Life   Exercise Price     at 9/30/99    Exercise Price
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                     <C>            <C>                <C>              <C>             <C>
 $ 6.67 - $10.00        115,500        6.5 years          $ 7.53            37,500         $ 6.67
 $10.01 - $12.79        518,000        6.0 years          $11.33           308,100         $11.13
- ----------------        -------        ---------          ------           -------         -------
 $ 6.67 - $12.79        633,500        6.1 years          $10.64           345,600         $10.64

</TABLE>


At  September  30,  1999,  10,000  shares were  available  for granting of stock
options under the Company's stock option plans.  All unexercised  options expire
not later than the year 2008.



<PAGE>

10.  NET INCOME PER SHARE COMPUTATIONS:

The following is a reconciliation  of the numerator of the basic and diluted per
share computations:

<TABLE>
                                                         For the Years Ended
                                                           September 30
                                                     --------------------------
(In thousands, except for share results)             1999      1998       1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                 <C>       <C>       <C>
   Net income ...................................   $15,572   $ 9,803   $ 8,502
                                                    -------   -------   -------
 Shares (denominator) used for diluted share
  computations:
  Weighted average shares of common stock
  outstanding ...................................    11,230    11,942    11,976
  Plus: dilutive effect of stock options ........        26        47        81
                                                    -------   -------   -------
      Adjusted weighted average shares ..........    11,256    11,989    12,057
                                                    -------   -------   -------
Shares (denominator) used for basic per share
  computations:
  Weighted average shares of common stock
  outstanding ...................................    11,230    11,942    11,976
                                                    -------   -------   -------
   Net income per share data:
      Basic .....................................   $  1.38   $  0.82   $  0.71
      Diluted ...................................   $  1.39   $  0.82   $  0.71

</TABLE>

Options to  purchase  310,000,  363,500,  and 76,250  shares for the years ended
September  30,  1999,  1998,  and  1997,  respectively  were  excluded  from the
calculations  above because the exercise prices of the options were greater than
the average market price of the Company's stock during the periods.

11.  IMPACT OF RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS:

In June 1998,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board issued  Statement of
Financial Accounting  Standards No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative  Instruments
and Hedging Activities" ("SFAS No. 133"). In general, SFAS No. 133 requires that
all  derivatives  be recognized as either assets or  liabilities  in the balance
sheet at their fair  value,  and set forth the manner in which  gains and losses
thereon are to be recorded.  The  treatment of such gains or losses is dependent
upon the type of exposure,  it any, for which the  derivative is designated as a
hedge.  As amended by  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  No. 137,
"Accounting for Derivative  Instruments and Hedging Activities - Deferral of the
effective  date for FASB  Statement No 133," This  standard is effective for the
Company's  financial  statements  beginning October 1, 2001, with early adoption
permitted.  Management of the Company  anticipates that the adoption of SFAS No.
133 will not have a material  impact on the  Company's  results of operations or
its financial position.


<PAGE>


                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS


Board of Directors and Shareholders
Steel Technologies Inc.

In our opinion,  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance sheets and the related
consolidated  statements of income,  comprehensive income,  shareholders' equity
and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects,  the financial position
of Steel  Technologies Inc. and its subsidiaries at September 30, 1999 and 1998,
and the results of their  operations  and their cash flows for each of the three
years in the period ended  September  30, 1999, in  conformity  with  accounting
principles  generally accepted in the United States.  These financial statements
are the  responsibility of the Company's  management;  our  responsibility is to
express  an  opinion  on these  financial  statements  based on our  audits.  We
conducted our audits of these  statements in accordance with auditing  standards
generally accepted in the United States,  which require that we plan and perform
the audit to obtain reasonable  assurance about whether the financial statements
are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence  supporting the amounts and  disclosures  in the financial  statements,
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  and evaluating the overall  financial  statement  presentation.  We
believe  that our audits  provide a reasonable  basis for the opinion  expressed
above.


Louisville, Kentucky
November 19, 1999


<PAGE>


                                  EXHIBIT 21.1
                            STEEL TECHNOLOGIES INC.
                          SUBSIDIARIES AND AFFILIATES
                           BEFORE SEPTEMBER 30, 1999

<TABLE>
                                                                                   Percentage of
                                                         Names Under               Voting Secur-
                                   Jurisdiction of       Which Business            ities Owned By
Name                               Incorporation         Transacted                Registrant

<S>                                <C>                   <C>                            <C>
Wabash Steel Corporation           Indiana               Wabash Steel Corporation       100%
 (Formerly Southern Strip Steel-
  Peru, Inc.)

Steel Technologies Carolinas, Inc. North Carolina        Steel Technologies Carolinas   100%


Steel Technologies Ohio, Inc.      Ohio                  Steel Technologies Ohio        100%
 (formerly Southern Strip Steel-
  Columbus, Inc)

Roberts Steel Company              Ohio                  Roberts Steel                  100%

Steel Technologies de Mexico       Mexico                Steel Technologies de           90%
(formerly Transformadora y                                Mexico
 Commercializadora de
  Metales, S.A. de C.V.)

Mi-Tech Steel, Inc.                Delaware              Mi-Tech Steel, Inc.             50%

Processing Technology, Inc. *      Delaware              Processing Technology, Inc.      5%

</TABLE>

* Steel  Technologies  Inc.  also owns shares of  Processing  Technology,  Inc.,
non-voting  preferred  stock.  The Company  continues  to evaluate  the possible
conversion of its preferred shares into common shares of Processing  Technology,
Inc. If converted,  Steel Technologies Inc., including the 5% interest currently
held, would own 33% of the outstanding  common shares of Processing  Technology,
Inc.






<PAGE>



                            STEEL TECHNOLOGIES INC.
                          SUBSIDIARIES AND AFFILIATES
                           AFTER SEPTEMBER 30, 1999

<TABLE>

                                                                               Percentage of
                                                   Names Under                 Voting Secur-
                                   Jurisdiction of Which Business              ities Owned By
Name                               Incorporation   Transacted                  Registrant

<S>                                <C>             <C>                          <C>
Steel Technologies, LLC            South Carolina  Steel Technologies Carolinas 100%
(Formerly Steel Technologies
 Carolinas, Inc.)

Steel Technologies, L.P.           Delaware        Steel Technologies          General Partner
                                                                               Limited Partner is
                                                                               Steel Technologies, LLC (SC)

Steel Technologies Corp.           Ohio            Steel Technologies Ohio      100%
(Formerly Roberts Steel Company)

Steel Technologies, LLC            Ohio            Steel Technologies          100% owned by
                                                                               Steel Technologies Corp.

Wabash Steel Corporation           Indiana         Wabash Steel Corporation     100%
 (Formerly Southern Strip Steel-
  Peru, Inc.)

Steel Technologies Ohio, Inc.      Ohio            Steel Technologies Ohio      100%
 (formerly Southern Strip Steel-
  Columbus, Inc)

Steel Technologies de Mexico       Mexico          Steel Technologies de         90%
(formerly Transformadora y                          Mexico
  Commercializadora de
  Metales, S.A. de C.V.)

Mi-Tech Steel, Inc.                Delaware        Mi-Tech Steel, Inc.           50%

Processing Technology, Inc. *      Delaware        Processing Technology, Inc.    5%

</TABLE>


* Steel  Technologies  Inc.  also owns shares of  Processing  Technology,  Inc.,
non-voting  preferred  stock.  The Company  continues  to evaluate  the possible
conversion of its preferred shares into common shares of Processing  Technology,
Inc. If converted,  Steel Technologies Inc., including the 5% interest currently
held, would own 33% of the outstanding  common shares of Processing  Technology,
Inc.




<PAGE>


                                 EXHIBIT 23.1
                      CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS


We consent to the  incorporation by reference in the  Registration  Statement of
Steel  Technologies  Inc.  on Form  S-8  (File  Nos.  333-66318,  333-21279  and
333-21359)  of our reports  dated  November 19, 1999,  relating to the financial
statements,  which  appears in the 1999 Annual Report to  shareholders  of Steel
Technologies  Inc.,  which is incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K. We also consent to the incorporation by reference of our report dated
November 19, 1999 relating to the financial statement schedule, which appears in
this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP


Louisville, Kentucky
December 27, 1999



<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5
<LEGEND>
This  schedule  contains  summary  financial   information  extracted  from  the
condensed  consolidated  balance  sheet at  September  30,  1999  and  condensed
consolidated  statement of income for the fiscal year ended  September  30, 1999
and related  footnotes  and is  qualified  in its  entirety by reference to such
financial statements.
</LEGEND>
<CIK>                         0000771790
<NAME>                        Steel Technologies Inc.
<MULTIPLIER>                                   1


<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                              SEP-30-1999
<PERIOD-START>                                 OCT-01-1998
<PERIOD-END>                                   SEP-30-1999
<CASH>                                          12,578
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                   55,436
<ALLOWANCES>                                    (1,047)
<INVENTORY>                                     80,625
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               150,492
<PP&E>                                         179,948
<DEPRECIATION>                                 (71,995)
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 289,105
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                           61,074
<BONDS>                                         90,209
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                        17,140
<OTHER-SE>                                     114,422
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   289,105
<SALES>                                        411,389
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               411,389
<CGS>                                          353,782
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  353,782
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                25,013
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                   266
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                               7,361
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                 25,233
<INCOME-TAX>                                     9,661
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                             15,572
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                    15,572
<EPS-BASIC>                                       1.39
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     1.38



</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission